1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18310 12104))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18324 26599))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18310 12106))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18329 52188))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18333
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
253 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
288 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18310 12060))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
330 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
335 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
340 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
355 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
374 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18310 12031))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
453 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
479 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
488 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
498 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
508 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
513 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18335 24897))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
550 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
556 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
734 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759 Topic text constituents:
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
815 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
817 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18346 13710))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
833 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
842 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18310 12104))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
863 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
869 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18329 52180))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
886 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18310 12106))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
926 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
932 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18310 12058))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
947 Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message
"appt" t
)
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
954 Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time
"appt" t
)
958 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
959 Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible
"appt" t
)
963 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
964 Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible
"appt" t
)
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
970 Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window
"appt" t
)
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
976 Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line
"appt" t
)
981 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
982 The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration
"appt" t
)
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
988 Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary
"appt" t
)
993 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
999 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1004 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1020 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18310 12032))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1056 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1058 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1076 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1081 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1111 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18339
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18310 12032))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18310
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228 How to quit artist mode
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233 How to submit a bug report
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18310
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1454 ;;;;;; (18310 12032))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1457 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1458 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1461 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1463 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1464 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1465 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1466 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1467 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1468 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1469 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1470 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1471 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1472 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1475 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1476 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1478 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1479 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1481 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1485 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1486 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1487 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1490 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1498 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1499 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1501 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1507 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1508 ;;;;;; (18310 12106))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1511 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1512 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1519 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18310 12032))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1523 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1524 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1528 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1529 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1531 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1533 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1535 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1536 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1544 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1545 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1546 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1547 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1549 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1550 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1557 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1558 ;;;;;; (18339 17949))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1561 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1563 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1573 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1585 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18310 12032))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1609 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1652 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18310 12032))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1675 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (18310 12060))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload 'backquote
"backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn STRUCTURE)" nil
(quote macro
))
1725 (defalias '\
` (symbol-function 'backquote
))
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (18310 12032))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1734 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1750 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18310 12060))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1776 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1784 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (18310 12117))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1799 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1800 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1801 of corresponding buffers.
1802 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1803 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1804 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1805 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1806 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1807 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1809 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1811 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1812 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1814 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1816 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1817 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1818 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1819 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1821 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1822 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1823 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1824 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1825 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1827 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1828 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1831 Special information:
1833 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1835 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1836 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1837 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1838 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1839 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1840 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1841 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1843 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1844 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1847 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1848 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1849 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1850 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1851 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1852 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1853 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1854 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1856 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1858 ----------------------------------------------------------
1859 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1860 if that value is non-nil.
1868 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1869 ;;;;;; (18310 12116))
1870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1871 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode
))
1873 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1874 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1881 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1882 ;;;;;; (18310 12089))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1885 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1887 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1888 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1889 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1891 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1893 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1894 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1896 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1898 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1899 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1901 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1905 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18310
1907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1909 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1911 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1915 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1916 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1917 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1918 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1919 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1924 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1925 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1928 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1931 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1932 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1934 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1935 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1937 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1938 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1939 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1940 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1941 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1942 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1946 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1948 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1949 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1950 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1951 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1953 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1954 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1955 denoted by the letter `R'.
1957 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1958 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1959 denoted by the letter `H'.
1961 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1964 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1965 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1966 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1967 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1968 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1969 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1972 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1973 degree deflection it causes.
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1978 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1979 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1983 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1986 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1987 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1992 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1997 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1999 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2000 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2001 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2002 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2003 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2004 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2005 emerging from the box.
2007 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2014 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2016 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2018 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2025 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2028 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18307
2030 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2033 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2035 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2036 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2037 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2038 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2039 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2040 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2041 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ;"m"ark
2044 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ;"g"o
2046 (define-key bookmark-map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2049 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ;"f"ind
2050 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2054 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2057 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2058 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2059 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2060 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2061 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2062 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2063 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2066 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2067 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2068 yank successive words.
2070 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2071 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2072 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2073 name of the file being visited.
2075 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2076 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2077 the list of bookmarks.)
2079 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2082 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2083 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2084 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2085 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2088 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2089 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2090 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2091 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2093 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2095 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2096 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2097 See `bookmark-jump'.
2099 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2101 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2102 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2103 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2104 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2105 after a bookmark was set in it.
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2109 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2110 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2111 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2112 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2114 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2116 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2118 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2119 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2120 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2121 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2123 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2124 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2125 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2127 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2128 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2131 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2133 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2134 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2135 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2136 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2137 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2140 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2143 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2144 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2145 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2146 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2147 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2148 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2149 probably because we were called from there.
2151 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2154 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2155 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2160 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2161 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2162 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2165 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2166 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2167 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2168 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2169 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2171 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2172 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2173 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2174 `bookmark-default-file'.
2176 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2178 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2179 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2180 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2181 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2182 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2185 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2186 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2187 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2188 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2189 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2192 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2193 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2194 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2195 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2197 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2200 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2201 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2202 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2203 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2207 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2209 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2211 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2213 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2217 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2225 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2226 ;;;;;; (18310 12094))
2227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2229 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2230 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2231 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2232 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2234 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2235 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2236 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2237 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2238 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2240 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2242 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2243 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2245 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2247 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2248 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2250 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2252 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2257 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2258 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2259 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2260 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2261 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2262 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2264 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2266 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2268 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2269 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2272 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2275 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2279 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2280 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2282 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2284 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2286 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2287 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2289 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2291 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2292 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2293 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2294 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2298 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2300 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2301 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2302 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2307 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2308 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point.
2311 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2312 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2313 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2314 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2316 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2317 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2320 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2322 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2335 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2336 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2345 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2346 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2348 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2349 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2350 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2351 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2354 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2355 new tab in an existing window instead.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2365 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2368 When called interactively, if variable
2369 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2370 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2371 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2372 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2375 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2376 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2378 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2379 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2382 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2383 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2384 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2385 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2386 URL in a new window.
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2393 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2401 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2402 new tab in an existing window instead.
2404 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2405 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2410 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2421 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2422 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2433 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2434 program is invoked according to the variable
2435 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2439 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2440 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2443 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point.
2451 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2452 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2453 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2455 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2456 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2457 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2458 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2461 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2471 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2480 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2481 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2487 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2488 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2489 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2490 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2496 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2497 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2498 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2502 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2503 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2511 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2512 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2513 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2514 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2519 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2520 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2530 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2531 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2532 don't offer a form of remote control.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around the point.
2546 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2547 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2549 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2550 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2552 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18310
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2560 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2561 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2565 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2566 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2573 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18307 26226))
2574 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2576 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2577 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2578 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2579 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2583 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2584 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2585 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2586 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2590 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2591 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2595 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2596 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2598 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2599 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2600 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2601 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2603 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2604 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2605 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2606 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2607 name of buffer configuration.
2613 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18310 12104))
2614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2616 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2623 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2624 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18350
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2628 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2629 Keymap used by buttons.")
2631 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2632 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2633 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2635 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2636 Define a `button type' called NAME (a symbol).
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2639 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2640 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2642 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2643 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2644 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2645 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2647 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2649 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2650 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2651 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2652 specifying properties to add to the button.
2653 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2654 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2655 `define-button-type'.
2657 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2659 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2661 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2662 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2663 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2664 specifying properties to add to the button.
2665 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2666 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2667 `define-button-type'.
2669 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2671 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2673 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2674 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2675 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2676 specifying properties to add to the button.
2677 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2678 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2679 `define-button-type'.
2681 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2682 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2683 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2686 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2688 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2690 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2691 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2692 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2693 specifying properties to add to the button.
2694 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2695 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2696 `define-button-type'.
2698 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2699 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2700 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2701 `insert-text-button'.
2703 Also see `make-text-button'.
2705 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2709 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2710 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2711 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2712 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2713 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2714 ;;;;;; (18339 17950))
2715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2716 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2721 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2757 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2758 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2759 whether to compile it.
2761 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2764 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18310 12058))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2842 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2849 ;;;;;; (18310 12058))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2852 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2853 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2854 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2855 from the cursor position.
2857 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2862 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2863 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2864 ;;;;;; (18310 12056))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2867 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2868 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2870 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2938 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2942 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18310
2944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2946 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2947 Run the Emacs calculator.
2948 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2954 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2955 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2956 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2957 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2958 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2959 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2960 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2961 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2962 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2963 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2964 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2965 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2966 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2967 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2968 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2969 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2970 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2971 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18310 12059))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2974 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2975 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2976 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2977 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2980 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2982 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2983 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2984 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2985 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2986 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2987 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2989 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2991 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2992 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2993 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2995 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2997 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2998 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2999 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3001 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3004 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3005 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3008 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3010 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3011 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3012 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3014 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3016 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3017 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3018 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3020 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3022 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3024 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3025 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3026 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3028 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3031 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3033 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3034 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3035 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3037 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3040 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3042 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3043 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3044 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3046 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3049 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3051 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3052 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3053 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3055 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3057 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3058 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3059 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3060 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3061 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3063 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3065 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3066 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3067 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3068 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3069 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3070 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3071 a function is also provided for this:
3072 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3074 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3075 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3076 date is not visible in the window.
3078 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3079 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3080 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3082 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3084 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3085 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3087 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3088 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3089 date is visible in the window.
3091 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3092 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3093 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3095 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3097 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3098 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3102 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3104 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3106 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3108 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3109 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3111 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3112 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3120 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3121 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3122 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3123 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3124 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3125 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3126 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3127 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3128 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3129 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3130 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3131 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3134 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3135 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3136 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3137 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3145 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3146 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3148 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3149 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3150 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3151 window but will appear in a diary window.
3153 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3154 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3156 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3157 entries (in the default American style):
3159 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3160 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3161 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3163 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3164 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3165 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3166 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3167 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3168 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3169 &* 15 time cards due.
3171 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3172 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3173 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3177 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3178 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3179 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3180 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3181 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3182 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3184 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3185 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3186 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3188 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3190 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3192 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3193 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3194 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3195 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3196 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3197 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3198 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3199 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3200 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3201 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3204 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3205 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3206 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3207 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3208 documentation for these functions for details.
3210 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3211 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3213 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3215 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3216 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3218 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3221 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3223 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3226 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3228 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3230 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3231 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3233 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3236 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3237 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3239 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3241 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3242 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3243 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3245 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3248 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3249 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3250 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3253 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3255 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3256 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3257 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3258 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3267 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3268 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3269 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3272 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3273 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3274 `american-calendar'.")
3276 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3278 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3279 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3280 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3282 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3284 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3285 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3286 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3288 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3290 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3291 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3292 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3294 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3296 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3297 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3298 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3300 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3302 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3303 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3304 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3305 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3306 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3307 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3309 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3311 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3313 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3315 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3316 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3317 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3320 #include \"filename\"
3322 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3323 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3324 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3325 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3326 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3328 For example, you could use
3330 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3331 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3332 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3334 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3335 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3336 lexicographic order.")
3338 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3340 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3341 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3342 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3344 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3346 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3347 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3348 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3351 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3352 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3353 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3354 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3355 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3356 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3357 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3359 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3360 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3361 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3362 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3363 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3364 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3365 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3366 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3368 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3370 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3371 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3372 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3373 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3374 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3375 `diary-bahai-list-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3376 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3378 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3380 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3381 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3383 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3384 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3385 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3387 #include \"filename\"
3388 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3389 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3390 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3391 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3392 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3394 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3396 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3397 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3398 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3399 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3400 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3401 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3402 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3404 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3406 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3407 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3408 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3411 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3413 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3414 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3415 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3416 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3417 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3419 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3421 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3423 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3424 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3429 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3431 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3437 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3439 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3445 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3447 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3448 User defined holidays.
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3451 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3453 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3455 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3457 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3459 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3461 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3463 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3465 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3467 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3469 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3471 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3473 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3475 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3477 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3479 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3481 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3483 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3485 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3487 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3489 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3491 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3493 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3495 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3497 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3499 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3501 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3503 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3504 Sun-related holidays.
3505 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3507 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3509 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3511 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3512 The frame setup of the calendar.
3513 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3514 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3515 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3516 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3517 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3519 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3521 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3522 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3523 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3525 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3526 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3530 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3531 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3532 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3534 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3535 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3536 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3537 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3539 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3543 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3544 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18310 12073))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3547 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3548 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3550 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3552 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3553 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3554 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3561 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3562 ;;;;;; (18340 21050))
3563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3565 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3566 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3568 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3569 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3570 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3571 restriction to ASCII.
3573 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3578 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3579 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3580 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3582 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3583 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3584 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3585 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3586 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3587 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3588 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3590 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3591 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18310
3599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3600 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3604 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3605 ;;;;;; (18337 10113))
3606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3608 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3609 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3615 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3616 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3617 ;;;;;; (18310 12108))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3620 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3621 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3622 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3623 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3624 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3625 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3626 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3628 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3630 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3631 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3637 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3639 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3640 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3641 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3642 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3643 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3644 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3646 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3648 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3649 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3656 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3657 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3659 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3660 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3661 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3662 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3663 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3664 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3667 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3669 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3670 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3677 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3678 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3679 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3681 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3682 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3683 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3684 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3685 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3686 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3689 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3691 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3692 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3699 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3700 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3701 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3703 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3704 Major mode for editing Java code.
3705 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3706 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3707 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3708 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3711 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3713 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3714 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3721 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3722 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3723 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3725 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3726 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3727 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3728 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3729 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3730 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3733 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3735 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3736 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3743 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3744 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3745 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3746 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3748 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3749 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3750 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3751 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3752 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3753 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3756 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3758 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3759 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3765 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3766 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3767 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3768 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3769 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3770 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3774 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3775 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18333 58866))
3776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3778 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3779 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3780 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3781 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3783 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3785 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3786 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3789 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3790 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3791 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3792 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3795 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3796 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3797 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3798 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3801 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3803 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3804 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3805 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3806 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3808 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3810 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3811 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3812 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3814 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3817 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3818 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3819 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3820 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3822 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3827 ;;;;;; (18310 12108))
3828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3830 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3831 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3832 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3833 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3834 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3835 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3836 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3837 Here are some examples:
3839 Nomenclature Subwords
3840 ===========================================================
3841 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3842 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3843 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3845 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3846 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3849 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18333 58866))
3856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3857 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3858 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3859 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3863 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3864 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (18339 17953))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3868 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3869 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3871 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3873 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3874 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3876 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3878 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3879 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3881 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3882 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3883 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3884 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3887 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3889 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3891 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3892 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3894 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3895 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3899 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3900 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3901 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3902 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3903 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3906 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3907 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3908 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3909 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3911 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3912 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3915 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3917 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3919 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3922 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3923 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3925 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3926 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3927 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3930 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3932 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3933 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3934 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3936 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3938 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3940 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3941 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3943 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3947 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3949 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3951 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3952 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3955 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3956 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3959 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3961 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3962 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3963 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3964 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3965 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3966 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3967 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3968 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3969 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3970 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3971 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3972 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3973 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3974 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3975 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3976 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3979 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3980 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3982 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3983 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3985 | (write EXPRESSION)
3986 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3987 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3990 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3993 ;; Same as: (write string)
3995 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3996 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3997 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4000 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4001 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4002 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4003 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4004 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4005 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4007 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4008 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4010 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4013 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4014 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4015 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4017 ARG := REG | integer
4020 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
4023 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4026 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4029 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4030 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4033 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4034 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4035 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4038 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4039 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4040 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4043 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4044 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4046 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4047 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4048 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4051 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4052 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4055 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4056 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4058 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4061 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4065 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4066 ;; Same meaning as C code
4067 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4069 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4074 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4075 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4078 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4079 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4083 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4087 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4088 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4089 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4091 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4092 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4093 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4095 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4096 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4097 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4098 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4099 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4102 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4104 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4105 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4106 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4107 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4108 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4109 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4111 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4113 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4114 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4115 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4117 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4119 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4123 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4124 ;;;;;; (18310 12108))
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4127 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4128 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4129 There are no special keybindings by default.
4131 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4132 to the action header.
4138 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
4139 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18337 10112))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4142 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4143 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4144 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4148 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4149 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4150 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
4151 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
4152 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
4158 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4159 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4160 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4161 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4162 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4163 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4164 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4165 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4166 ;;;;;; (18310 12061))
4167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4168 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4169 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4171 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4172 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4173 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4174 the users will view as each check is completed.
4178 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4179 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4180 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4181 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4182 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4183 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4184 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4185 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4187 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4190 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4191 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4192 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4193 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4194 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4195 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4196 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4198 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4200 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4201 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4202 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4203 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4204 spacing are all verified.
4208 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4209 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4210 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4211 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4212 otherwise stop after the first error.
4214 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4216 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4217 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4218 Only documentation strings are checked.
4219 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4223 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4225 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4226 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4227 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4228 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4229 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4231 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4233 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4234 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4235 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4236 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4239 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4241 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4242 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4243 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4244 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4246 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4248 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4250 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4251 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4252 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4254 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4256 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4257 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4258 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4259 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4260 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4264 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4265 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4266 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4267 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4268 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4269 space at the end of each line.
4271 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4273 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4274 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4275 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4276 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4278 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4280 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4281 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4282 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4283 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4285 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4287 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4288 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4289 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4290 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4292 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4294 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4295 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4296 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4297 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4299 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4301 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4302 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4303 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4304 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4306 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4308 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4309 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4310 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4311 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4313 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4315 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4316 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4317 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4318 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4320 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4322 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4323 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4324 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4325 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4327 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4329 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4330 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4331 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4332 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4334 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4336 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4337 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4338 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4341 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4342 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4343 checking of documentation strings.
4345 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4351 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4352 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4353 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18339 17956))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4356 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4357 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4358 Return the length of resulting text.
4360 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4362 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4363 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4367 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4368 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4369 Return the length of resulting text.
4371 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4374 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4378 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4383 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4386 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4390 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4391 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18310 12033))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4394 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4395 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4396 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4397 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4398 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4399 editing and the result is evaluated.
4401 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4403 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4404 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4405 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4406 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4407 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4409 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4413 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4414 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4415 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4416 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4417 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4419 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4420 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4421 \\{command-history-map}
4423 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4424 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18310 12062))
4431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4433 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4434 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4435 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4436 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4437 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4438 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4440 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4441 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4445 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4446 ;;;;;; (18310 12061))
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4449 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4452 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4456 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4457 ;;;;;; (18310 12108))
4458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4460 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4461 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4462 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4463 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4465 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4466 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4467 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4468 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4470 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4471 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4473 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18310
4479 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4481 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4482 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4483 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4484 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4485 of `scheme-program-name').
4486 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4487 it is given as initial input.
4488 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4489 discards input when it starts up.
4490 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4495 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4499 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4500 ;;;;;; (18339 17953))
4501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4503 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4504 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4506 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4510 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4511 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4512 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4513 ;;;;;; (18329 52180))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4516 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4517 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4518 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4519 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4520 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4521 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4522 functions have already modified the buffer.
4524 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4526 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4527 either globally or locally.")
4529 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4531 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4532 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4533 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4534 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4535 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4536 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4537 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4538 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4540 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4542 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4544 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4545 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4546 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4547 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4548 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4549 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4550 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4551 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4553 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4555 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4557 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4558 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4559 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4560 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4561 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4562 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4564 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4566 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4567 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4568 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4569 directory tracking functions.")
4571 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4572 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4573 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4575 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4577 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4579 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4580 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4581 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4583 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4585 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4587 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4588 Send COMMAND to current process.
4589 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4590 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4592 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4594 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4595 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4596 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4597 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4599 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4603 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18310
4605 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4607 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4608 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4609 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4610 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4612 This command pushes the mark in each window
4613 at the prior location of point in that window.
4614 If both windows display the same buffer,
4615 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4616 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4618 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4619 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4620 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4621 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4622 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4623 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4624 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4627 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4628 this command work in interlaced mode:
4629 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4630 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4631 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4633 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4637 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4638 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4639 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4640 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4641 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18324 26616))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4644 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4645 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4647 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4649 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4650 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4652 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4654 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4655 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4656 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4657 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4658 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4659 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4660 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4662 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4663 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4664 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4665 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4666 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4668 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4669 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4670 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4671 describing how the process finished.")
4673 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4674 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4675 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4676 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4677 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4679 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4680 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4681 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4683 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4685 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4686 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4687 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4688 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4690 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4692 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4693 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4695 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4696 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4698 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4700 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4701 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4702 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4703 (concat \"make -k \"
4704 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4706 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4707 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4709 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4710 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4711 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4712 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4714 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4716 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4717 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4718 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4719 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4721 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4722 and move to the source code that caused it.
4724 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4725 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4727 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4728 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4729 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4730 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4732 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4733 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4734 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4735 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4737 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4738 kills its subprocesses.
4740 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4741 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4742 to a function that generates a unique name.
4744 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4746 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4747 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4748 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4749 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4751 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4752 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4754 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4755 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4756 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4757 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4759 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4760 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4761 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4763 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4765 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4767 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4768 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4769 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4770 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4771 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4773 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4775 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4777 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4780 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4781 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4782 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4783 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4784 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4785 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4789 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4790 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4791 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4792 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4793 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4794 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4798 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4799 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4800 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4802 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4804 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4808 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4809 ;;;;;; (18310 12033))
4810 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4812 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4813 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4814 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4817 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4819 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4821 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4822 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4823 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4825 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4826 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4827 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4828 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4830 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4831 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4832 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4833 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4835 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4836 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4837 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4838 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4840 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4841 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4842 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4843 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4844 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4850 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4851 ;;;;;; (18310 12033))
4852 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4854 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4855 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4856 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4859 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4861 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4863 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4864 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4870 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4871 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18339
4873 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4875 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4876 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4877 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4878 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4880 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4882 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4883 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4884 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4885 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4888 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4889 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4891 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4892 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4896 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4897 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4898 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4901 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4903 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4905 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4906 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4907 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4908 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4909 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4911 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4915 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4916 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4917 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4918 ;;;;;; (18310 12117))
4919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4921 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4922 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4923 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4924 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4925 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4926 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4927 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4929 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4930 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4931 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4933 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4934 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4935 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4937 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4938 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4939 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4940 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4942 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4943 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4944 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4945 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4946 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4947 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4948 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4954 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4955 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4956 Comments start with `#'.
4957 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4959 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4969 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4970 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4971 Comments start with `;'.
4972 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4974 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4976 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4977 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4978 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4980 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4981 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4985 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4986 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4987 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4988 between `/*' and `*/'.
4989 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4991 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4992 // another kind of comment
5004 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5005 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5006 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5007 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5008 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5009 `conf-space-keywords'.
5010 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5011 in an interactive fashion instead.
5013 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5015 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5017 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5021 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5023 # Standard multimedia devices
5024 add /dev/audio desktop
5025 add /dev/mixer desktop
5029 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5030 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5031 See `conf-space-mode'.
5033 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5036 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5037 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5038 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5040 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5042 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5043 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5047 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5048 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5049 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5050 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5052 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5054 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5055 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5059 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5060 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5061 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5062 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5064 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5073 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5074 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18310 12104))
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5077 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5078 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5079 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5080 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5082 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5084 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5085 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5086 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5087 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5089 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5091 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5092 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5093 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5094 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5096 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5098 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5099 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5101 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5105 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5106 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18339 17951))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5109 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5110 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5111 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5112 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5113 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5114 following the copyright are updated as well.
5115 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5118 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5120 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5121 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5122 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5126 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5127 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5129 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5134 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18310 12108))
5135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5136 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5137 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5138 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5139 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5140 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5141 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5142 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5144 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5145 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5146 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5147 Tab indents for Perl code.
5148 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5149 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5151 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5152 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5153 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5154 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5155 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5156 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5157 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5158 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5159 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5160 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5161 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5162 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5164 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5166 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5167 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5169 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5171 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5172 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5173 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5174 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5175 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5176 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5177 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5178 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5179 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5181 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5185 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5186 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5187 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5190 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5191 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5192 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5194 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5196 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5197 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5198 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5199 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5200 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5202 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5212 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5213 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5214 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5215 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5216 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5217 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5218 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5219 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5220 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5221 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5222 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5223 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5224 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5226 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5227 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5228 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5229 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5230 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5231 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5233 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5234 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5237 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5238 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5239 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5240 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5241 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5243 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5244 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5245 span the needed amount of lines.
5247 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5248 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5249 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5250 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5252 Variables controlling indentation style:
5253 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5254 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5255 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5256 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5257 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5258 `cperl-auto-newline'
5259 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5260 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5261 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5262 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5263 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5264 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5265 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5266 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5267 `cperl-indent-level'
5268 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5269 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5270 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5271 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5272 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5273 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5274 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5275 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5276 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5277 `cperl-brace-offset'
5278 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5279 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5280 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5281 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5282 `cperl-label-offset'
5283 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5284 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5285 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5287 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5288 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5289 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5290 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5291 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5292 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5294 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5295 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5296 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5297 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5299 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5300 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5301 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5302 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5303 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5304 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5306 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5307 column 0 is indented on
5308 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5310 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5313 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5314 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5315 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5319 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5320 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5324 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5325 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5331 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5332 ;;;;;; (18310 12108))
5333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5335 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5336 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5337 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5338 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5339 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5343 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5344 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5350 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5351 ;;;;;; (18329 52183))
5352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5354 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5355 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5356 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5357 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5360 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5362 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5364 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5365 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5366 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5370 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5374 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5375 ;;;;;; (18310 12062))
5376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5378 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5379 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5380 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5381 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5383 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5384 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5385 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5386 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5388 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5389 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5390 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5392 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5393 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5396 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5397 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5398 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5400 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5402 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5403 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5404 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5406 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5410 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18310
5412 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5413 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5415 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5416 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5423 ;;;;;; (18310 12065))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5426 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5427 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5428 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5431 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5433 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5435 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5436 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5437 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5438 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5439 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5441 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5442 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5443 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5444 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5445 function of these prefix keys.
5447 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5448 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5450 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5451 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5452 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5454 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5455 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5456 the prefix fallback behavior.
5458 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5459 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5460 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5461 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5465 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5466 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5473 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5474 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5475 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5476 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5477 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5478 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5479 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5480 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5481 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (18324 26600))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5485 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5486 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5488 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5490 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5491 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5493 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5495 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5496 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5498 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5499 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5501 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5502 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5504 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5505 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5507 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5508 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5510 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5512 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5514 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5515 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5516 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5518 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5519 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5521 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5522 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5524 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5525 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5527 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5529 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5531 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5532 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5535 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5536 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5538 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5539 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5541 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5542 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5544 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5546 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5548 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5549 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5550 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5551 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5552 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5556 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5557 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5558 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5559 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5563 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5564 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5566 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5568 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5569 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5571 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5573 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5575 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5576 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5578 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5580 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5582 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5583 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5584 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5586 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5588 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5589 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5590 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5591 as part of Emacs itself.
5593 Each elements looks like this:
5595 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5597 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5598 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5599 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5600 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5601 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5602 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5603 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5606 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5608 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5609 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5610 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5611 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5612 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5614 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5615 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5616 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5617 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5619 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5621 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5622 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5623 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5624 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5625 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5627 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5628 that were added or redefined since that version.
5630 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5632 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5633 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5634 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5635 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5637 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5638 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5640 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5642 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5643 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5644 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5646 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5647 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5649 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5651 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5652 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5656 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5657 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5661 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5662 Customize all already saved user options.
5666 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5667 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5668 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5669 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5670 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5671 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5672 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5673 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5675 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5677 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5678 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5679 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5680 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5682 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5684 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5685 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5687 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5689 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5690 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5692 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5694 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5695 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5696 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5697 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5698 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5701 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5703 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5704 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5705 The result includes selecting that window.
5706 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5707 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5708 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5711 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5713 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5714 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5716 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5718 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5719 File used for storing customization information.
5720 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5721 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5722 it should be an absolute file name.
5724 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5725 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5726 something like the following in your init file:
5728 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5731 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5732 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5734 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5735 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5736 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5737 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5738 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5740 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5741 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5742 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5743 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5744 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5745 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5746 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5747 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5748 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5749 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5751 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5753 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5754 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5758 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5759 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5763 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5764 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5765 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5767 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5769 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5770 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5771 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5772 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5773 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5775 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5779 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5780 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18310 12033))
5781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5783 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5784 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5786 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5788 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5789 Alist of face attributes.
5791 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5792 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5793 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5794 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5795 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5796 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5798 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5799 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5800 customization type TYPE).
5802 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5803 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5804 given face attribute.")
5806 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5807 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5808 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5809 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5811 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5813 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5814 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5815 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5816 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5817 between themes and faces.
5818 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5820 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5821 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5823 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5825 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5826 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5827 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5831 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5833 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5835 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5836 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5837 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5839 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5843 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5845 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5849 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5850 ;;;;;; (18310 12033))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5853 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5854 Create a custom theme.
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5861 ;;;;;; (18310 12033))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5864 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5865 Mode used for cvs status output.
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5872 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18310 12108))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5875 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5876 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5878 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5879 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5880 C++ modes are included.
5882 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5886 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5889 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5890 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5894 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5895 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5896 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5898 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5899 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5901 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5903 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5904 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5905 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5906 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5907 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5914 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (18339 17957))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5918 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5919 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5921 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5923 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5924 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5926 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5928 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5929 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5930 For readability, the table is slightly
5931 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5933 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5934 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5935 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5936 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5937 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5939 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5944 ;;;;;; (18310 12034))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5946 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5947 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5949 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5950 Completion on current word.
5951 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5952 and presents suggestions for completion.
5954 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5955 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5958 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5959 then it searches *all* buffers.
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5963 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5964 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5966 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5967 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5968 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5969 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5970 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5972 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5973 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5975 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5976 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5977 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5979 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5980 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5982 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5988 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18346
5990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5992 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5993 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5994 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5995 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6001 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18310
6003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6005 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6006 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6008 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6009 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6010 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6012 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6013 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6014 Data lines are not indented.
6019 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6021 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6022 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6023 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6024 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6026 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6029 Extra indentation within blocks.
6031 dcl-continuation-offset
6032 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6035 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6037 dcl-margin-label-offset
6038 Indentation for a label.
6040 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6041 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6043 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6044 dcl-block-end-regexp
6045 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6046 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6047 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6048 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6049 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6051 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6052 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6053 Two such functions are included in the package:
6054 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6055 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6057 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6058 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6059 One such function is included in the package:
6060 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6062 dcl-tab-always-indent
6063 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6064 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6067 dcl-electric-characters
6068 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6071 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6072 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6073 which words trigger electric indentation.
6076 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6077 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6078 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6080 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6081 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6082 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6083 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6085 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6086 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6087 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6088 dcl-imenu-label-call
6089 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6091 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6092 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6093 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6094 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6097 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6099 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6100 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6101 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6103 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6104 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6108 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6109 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6110 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6111 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6112 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6113 \"lined up with the command line\"
6115 Data lines are not indented at all.
6116 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6121 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6122 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6128 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6129 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18310 12062))
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6132 (setq debugger 'debug)
6134 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6135 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6136 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6139 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6140 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6141 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6143 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6146 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6148 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6150 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6151 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6152 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6153 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6154 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6155 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6157 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6158 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6160 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6162 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6163 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6164 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6165 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6166 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6168 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6172 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6173 ;;;;;; (18310 12104))
6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6176 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6177 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6181 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6182 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6183 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6184 Upper-case letters are commands.
6186 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6189 The most useful commands are:
6190 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6191 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6192 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6193 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6194 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6195 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6201 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6202 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18310
6204 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6206 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6207 Customization of `columns' group.
6211 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6212 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6214 START and END delimits the text region.
6216 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6218 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6219 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6221 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6223 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6227 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18310
6229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6231 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6232 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6233 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6234 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6235 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6236 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6238 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6242 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6243 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6244 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6245 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6246 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6247 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6248 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6249 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6250 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6251 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6252 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6253 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6255 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6256 Directories to search when finding external units.
6257 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6258 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6262 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6263 Face used to color delphi comments.
6264 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6265 Face used to color delphi strings.
6266 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6267 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6268 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6269 Face used to color everything else.
6271 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6272 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6274 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18329
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6282 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6284 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6285 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6286 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6289 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6291 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6293 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6294 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6295 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6296 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6298 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6299 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6300 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6308 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18310 12062))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6311 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6312 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6314 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6316 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6317 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6318 or nil if there is no parent.
6319 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6320 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6321 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6322 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6323 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6325 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6326 arguments are currently understood:
6328 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6329 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6331 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6332 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6334 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6335 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6337 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6339 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6341 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6342 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6343 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6345 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6346 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6348 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6349 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6350 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6352 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6353 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6355 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6356 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6358 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6360 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6362 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6363 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6364 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6365 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6366 the first time the mode is used.
6368 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6372 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6373 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18339 17930))
6374 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6376 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6377 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6378 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6379 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6380 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6383 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6385 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6386 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6387 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6388 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6389 character composition information (if relevant),
6390 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6396 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6397 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6398 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6399 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18339 17930))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6402 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6403 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6404 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6406 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6408 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6409 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6410 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6411 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6412 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6413 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6417 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6418 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6419 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6420 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6422 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6424 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6425 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6426 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6428 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6429 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6430 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6432 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6433 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6435 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6436 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6437 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6439 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6440 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6441 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6442 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6444 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6446 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6447 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6449 Handlers are called with argument list
6451 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6453 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6455 desktop-file-version
6456 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6457 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6458 desktop-buffer-point
6460 desktop-buffer-read-only
6461 desktop-buffer-locals
6463 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6464 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6466 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6469 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6471 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6472 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6474 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6476 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6478 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6479 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6480 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6481 List elements must have the form
6483 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6485 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6488 Handlers are called with argument list
6490 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6492 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6494 desktop-file-version
6495 desktop-buffer-file-name
6497 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6498 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6499 desktop-buffer-point
6501 desktop-buffer-read-only
6504 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6505 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6508 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6511 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6513 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6514 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6516 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6518 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6520 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6522 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6524 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6525 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6526 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6530 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6531 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6532 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6533 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6534 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6536 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6538 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6539 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6540 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6544 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6545 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6546 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6547 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6548 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6549 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6550 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6551 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6553 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6555 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6556 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6557 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6561 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6562 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6563 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6564 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6567 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6569 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6570 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6574 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6575 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6582 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6583 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18310 12073))
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6586 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6587 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6588 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6589 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6590 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6591 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6593 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6595 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6596 Repair a broken attribution line.
6597 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6599 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6601 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6602 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6603 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6604 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6606 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6608 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6609 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6615 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6616 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6617 ;;;;;; (18339 17957))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6620 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6623 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6625 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6630 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6631 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6632 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6633 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6635 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6639 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6640 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18310 12059))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6643 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6644 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6645 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6646 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6647 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6651 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6652 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6653 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6654 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6656 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6657 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6658 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6659 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6662 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6664 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6665 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6666 european-calendar-style t \\
6667 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6668 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6669 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6671 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6672 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6673 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6674 to run it every morning at 1am.
6676 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6678 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6679 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6685 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6686 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18310 12034))
6687 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6689 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6690 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6692 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6694 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6695 *The command to use to run diff.")
6697 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6699 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6700 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6701 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6702 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6703 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6704 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6706 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6708 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6709 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6710 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6711 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6712 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6713 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6715 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6720 ;;;;;; (18344 9811))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6723 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6724 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6725 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6728 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6729 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6730 headers for you on-the-fly.
6732 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6733 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6734 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6740 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6741 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6742 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6748 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6749 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6750 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6751 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6752 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18310 12034))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6755 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6756 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6757 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6758 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6759 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6760 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6761 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6762 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6764 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6766 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6767 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6769 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6770 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6771 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6772 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6773 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6775 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6776 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6778 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6779 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6780 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6781 always set this variable to t.")
6783 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6785 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6786 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6787 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6788 A value of t means move to first file.")
6790 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6792 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6793 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6794 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6795 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6796 are afterward marked with that character.")
6798 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6800 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6801 *Controls marking of copied files.
6802 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6803 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6805 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6807 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6808 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6809 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6810 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6812 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6814 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6815 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6816 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6817 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6819 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6821 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6822 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6823 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6824 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6826 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6828 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6830 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6831 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6832 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6834 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6836 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6837 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6838 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6839 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6840 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6841 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6843 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6844 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6845 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6846 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6847 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6848 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6849 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6850 list of files to make directory entries for.
6851 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6852 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6853 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6854 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6856 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6858 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6859 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6861 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6862 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6865 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6867 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6868 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6870 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6872 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6873 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6875 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6877 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6878 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6879 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6880 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6881 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6882 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6883 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6884 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6885 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6886 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6887 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6888 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6889 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6890 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6891 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6892 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6893 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6894 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6895 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6896 to see why something went wrong.
6897 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6898 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6899 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6900 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6901 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6902 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6903 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6904 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6905 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6906 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6907 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6908 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6909 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6911 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6912 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6913 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6914 again for the directory tree.
6916 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6919 `dired-listing-switches'
6920 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6921 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6924 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6925 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6926 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6927 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6929 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6931 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6932 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6939 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6940 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6945 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6946 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6947 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6948 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6949 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6950 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6951 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6952 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6953 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6954 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6955 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6956 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6957 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18310 12034))
6958 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6960 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6961 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6962 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6963 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6964 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6965 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6966 which is options for `diff'.
6968 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6970 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6971 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6972 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6973 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6974 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6975 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6977 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6979 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6980 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6981 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6982 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6983 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6984 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6985 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6987 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6989 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6990 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6991 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6992 returned by function `file-attributes'
6994 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6995 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6997 Examples of PREDICATE:
6999 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7000 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7001 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7002 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7003 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7005 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7007 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
7008 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7009 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7013 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
7014 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7018 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
7019 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7023 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
7024 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7029 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
7030 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7031 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7032 `lpr-switches' as default.
7034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
7037 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7038 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7039 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7040 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7042 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7043 with a prefix argument.
7047 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7048 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7049 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7050 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7051 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7053 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7054 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7056 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7057 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7058 file name substituted for `?'.
7060 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7061 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7063 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7064 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7065 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7066 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7068 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7070 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7071 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7072 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7074 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7075 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7078 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7079 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7080 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7082 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7084 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7087 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7089 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7090 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7091 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7092 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7093 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7094 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7095 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7096 from the buffer as well.
7097 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7098 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7099 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7101 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7106 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7108 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7111 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7113 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7114 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7118 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7119 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7123 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7124 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7129 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7131 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7133 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7134 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7135 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7136 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7137 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7138 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7139 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7141 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7146 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7148 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7151 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7153 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7154 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7156 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7158 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7161 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7163 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7166 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7168 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7169 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7171 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7174 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7175 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7176 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7177 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7178 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7179 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7180 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7181 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7183 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7188 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7189 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7190 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7191 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7192 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7193 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7194 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7195 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7197 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7202 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7203 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7204 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7205 and new hard links are made in that directory
7206 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7207 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7208 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7213 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7214 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7215 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7216 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7217 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7218 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7223 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7225 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7226 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7227 file if none are marked.
7229 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7230 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7231 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7232 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7234 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7235 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7237 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7240 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7241 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7243 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7246 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7247 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7249 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7252 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7253 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7255 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7258 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7262 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7263 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7268 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7269 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7270 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7271 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7272 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7274 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7276 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7277 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7278 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7279 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7280 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7281 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7282 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7284 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7287 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7288 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7289 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7290 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7291 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7293 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7295 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7297 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7298 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7299 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7301 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7304 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7305 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7306 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7310 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7311 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7312 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7313 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7317 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7318 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7319 Lower levels are unaffected.
7321 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7324 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7328 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7329 Go down in the dired tree.
7333 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7334 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7335 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7336 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7340 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7341 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7342 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7343 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7347 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7348 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7349 Stops when a match is found.
7350 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7352 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7355 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7356 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7357 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7358 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7360 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7363 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7364 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7365 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7367 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7371 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7372 ;;;;;; (18310 12034))
7373 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7375 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7376 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7377 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7378 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7379 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7380 buffer and try again.
7382 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7385 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7386 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7387 This creates relative symbolic links like
7391 not absolute ones like
7393 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7395 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7402 ;;;;;; (18310 12034))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7405 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7406 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7407 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7408 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7409 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7410 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7411 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7416 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7417 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7419 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7421 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7422 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7424 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18310
7430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7432 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7433 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7434 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7435 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7436 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7437 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7439 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7443 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7444 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7445 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7446 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7447 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7448 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18339 17930))
7449 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7451 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7452 Return a new, empty display table.
7456 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7457 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7458 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7459 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7460 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7462 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7464 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7465 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7466 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7467 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7468 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7470 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7472 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7473 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7477 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7478 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7482 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7483 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7487 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7488 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7492 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7493 Display character C using printable string S.
7497 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7498 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7499 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7500 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7502 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7504 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7505 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7506 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7509 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7511 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7512 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7514 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7516 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7517 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7519 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7521 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7522 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7524 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7527 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7529 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7531 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7532 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7534 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7536 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7537 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7539 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7540 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7541 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7542 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7544 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7545 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7546 European character display.
7548 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7549 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7550 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7551 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7553 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7554 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7555 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7556 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7557 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7564 ;;;;;; (18310 12104))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7567 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7568 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7569 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7570 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7571 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7572 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7573 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7580 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18339 17931))
7581 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7583 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7584 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7585 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7586 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7587 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7588 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7590 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7591 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7592 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7593 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7594 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7596 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7601 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18310 12117))
7602 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7604 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7605 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7606 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7607 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7608 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7609 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7610 table and its own syntax table.
7612 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7615 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7617 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7618 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7621 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
7626 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18339 17931))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7629 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7630 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7631 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7633 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7635 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7636 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7637 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7638 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7639 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7643 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7644 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7645 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7646 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18310 12105))
7658 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7660 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7661 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7667 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18310 12035))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7670 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7672 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7675 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7676 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7682 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18310 12105))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7685 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7686 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7692 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7693 ;;;;;; (18310 12073))
7694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7696 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7697 Play sounds in message buffers.
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7704 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7705 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18310 12062))
7706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7708 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7710 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7711 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7712 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7713 and toggle command MODE.
7715 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7716 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7717 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7718 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7719 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7720 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7721 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7722 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7725 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7726 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7727 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7728 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7729 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7730 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7731 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7732 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7733 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7734 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7735 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7736 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7737 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7738 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7739 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7740 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7741 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7743 For example, you could write
7744 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7745 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7748 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7750 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7752 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7754 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7755 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7756 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7757 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7758 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7759 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7760 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7761 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7762 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7763 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7764 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7765 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7767 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7768 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7769 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7770 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7771 call another major mode in their body.
7773 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7775 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7776 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7777 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7778 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7779 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7780 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7781 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7783 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7785 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7788 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7790 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7791 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7792 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7794 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7798 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7799 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18324
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7803 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7805 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7806 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7808 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7809 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7810 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7812 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7813 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7817 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7818 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7822 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7823 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7827 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7828 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7830 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7832 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7834 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7836 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7837 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7839 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7840 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7842 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7844 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7846 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7850 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7851 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7852 computed automatically.
7853 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7857 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7859 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7860 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7861 keyboard equivalent.
7865 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7866 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7870 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7871 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7875 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7876 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7880 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7881 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7885 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7889 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7890 radio: A radio button.
7891 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7892 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7894 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7898 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7899 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7903 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7905 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7906 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7907 as a solid horizontal line.
7909 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7911 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7913 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7916 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7918 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7919 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7920 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7921 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7923 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7925 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7926 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7927 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7928 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7929 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7930 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7932 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7933 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7934 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7936 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7937 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7938 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7940 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7941 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7943 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7947 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7948 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7949 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7950 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7951 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7952 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7953 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7954 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18310 12109))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7957 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7958 Customization for ebnf group.
7962 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7963 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7965 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7967 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7970 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7972 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7974 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7975 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7977 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7978 killed after process termination.
7980 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7982 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7985 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7987 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7988 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7991 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7992 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7993 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7994 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7996 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7998 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7999 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8000 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8002 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8004 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8005 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8007 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8009 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8012 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8014 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8016 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8017 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8019 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8020 killed after process termination.
8022 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8024 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8026 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8027 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8028 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8029 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8031 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8035 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8037 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8039 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8041 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8043 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8044 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8046 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8048 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8051 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8053 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8055 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8056 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8058 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8059 killed after EPS generation.
8061 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8063 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8065 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8068 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8069 The EPS file name has the following form:
8071 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8073 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8074 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8076 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8077 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8078 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8079 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8080 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8082 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8087 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8090 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8091 The EPS file name has the following form:
8093 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8095 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8096 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8098 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8099 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8100 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8101 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8102 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8104 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8109 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8111 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8112 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8114 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8116 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8119 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8121 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8124 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8126 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8127 killed after syntax checking.
8129 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8131 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8133 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8134 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8138 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8139 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8141 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8143 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8144 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8148 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8149 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8155 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8158 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8160 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8169 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8170 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8172 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8174 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8176 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8177 Set STYLE as the current style.
8179 Returns the old style symbol.
8181 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8185 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8186 Reset current style.
8188 Returns the old style symbol.
8190 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8192 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8194 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8197 Returns the old style symbol.
8199 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8201 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8203 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8206 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8208 Returns the old style symbol.
8210 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8219 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8220 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8221 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8222 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8223 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8224 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8225 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8226 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8227 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8228 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18329
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8232 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8233 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8234 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8235 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8236 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8237 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8239 Tree mode key bindings:
8240 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8244 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8245 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8249 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8250 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8252 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8256 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8257 View declaration of member at point.
8261 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8262 Find declaration of member at point.
8266 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8267 View definition of member at point.
8271 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8272 Find definition of member at point.
8276 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8277 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8281 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8282 View definition of member at point in other window.
8286 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8287 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8291 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8292 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8296 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8297 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8301 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8302 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8306 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8307 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8308 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8309 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8312 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8315 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8316 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8317 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8319 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8322 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8323 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8324 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8326 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8329 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8330 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8332 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8334 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8335 Search for call sites of a member.
8336 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8337 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8338 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8339 looks like a function call to the member.
8341 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8343 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8344 Move backward in the position stack.
8345 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8349 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8350 Move forward in the position stack.
8351 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8355 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8356 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8360 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8361 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8365 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8366 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8367 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8368 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8370 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8373 Display statistics for a class tree.
8379 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8380 ;;;;;; (18310 12035))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8383 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8384 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8385 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8386 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8388 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8389 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8390 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8392 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8393 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8394 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8396 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8398 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8404 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8405 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18310 12035))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8408 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8409 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8410 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8412 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8417 ;;;;;; (18310 12073))
8418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8420 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8428 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8429 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18310 12062))
8430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8432 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8433 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8434 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8435 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8436 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8438 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8439 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8440 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8441 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8443 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8445 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8446 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8447 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8448 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8450 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8452 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8453 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8454 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8455 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8457 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8459 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8461 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8462 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8463 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8464 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8465 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8467 If you do this on a function definition
8468 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8469 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8470 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8471 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8473 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8474 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8475 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8476 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8481 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8482 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8486 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8487 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8494 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8495 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8496 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8497 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8498 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8499 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8500 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8501 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8502 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18310 12036))
8503 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8505 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8506 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8508 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8511 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8513 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8515 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8517 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8519 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8520 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8521 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8522 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8526 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8527 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8529 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8531 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8533 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8534 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8536 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8538 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8540 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8541 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8542 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8543 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8545 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8547 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8549 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8550 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8551 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8552 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8554 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8556 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8558 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8559 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8560 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8561 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8563 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8565 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8567 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8568 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8569 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8570 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8572 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8574 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8576 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8577 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8578 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8579 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8580 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8581 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8583 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8587 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8588 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8590 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8592 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8594 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8595 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8596 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8597 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8599 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8601 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8603 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8605 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8606 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8607 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8609 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8610 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8612 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8615 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8616 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8618 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8619 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8621 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8623 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8625 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8626 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8627 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8629 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8632 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8633 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8634 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8635 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8636 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8638 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8640 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8642 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8643 Merge two files without ancestor.
8645 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8647 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8648 Merge two files with ancestor.
8650 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8652 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8654 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8655 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8657 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8660 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8662 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8665 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8666 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8669 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8672 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8673 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8676 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8678 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8679 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8680 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8681 and don't ask the user.
8682 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8683 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8685 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8687 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8688 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8689 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8690 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8691 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8692 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8693 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8694 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8696 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8698 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8700 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8702 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8703 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8704 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8705 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8706 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8708 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8710 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8712 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8713 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8714 When called interactively, displays the version.
8718 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8719 Display Ediff's manual.
8720 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8722 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8727 ;;;;;; (18310 12035))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8730 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18310 12035))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8740 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8741 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8743 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8745 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (18310 12035))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8753 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8754 Display Ediff's registry.
8758 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8762 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8763 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18342 13362))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8766 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8767 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8768 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8773 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8774 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8775 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8776 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8783 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (18339 17931))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8787 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8788 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8789 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8791 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8792 Edit a keyboard macro.
8793 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8794 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8795 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8797 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8799 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8801 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8802 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8804 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8806 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8807 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8809 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8811 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8812 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8813 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8814 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8815 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8816 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8818 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8819 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8820 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8821 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8823 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8825 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8826 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8827 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8828 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8829 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8830 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8832 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8837 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18310 12066))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8840 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8842 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8843 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8845 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8847 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8848 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8854 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8855 ;;;;;; (18310 12036))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8858 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8859 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8860 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8861 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8862 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8863 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8864 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8866 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8867 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8869 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8870 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8871 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8872 this value is non-nil.
8874 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8875 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8876 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8878 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8879 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8880 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8882 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8884 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8887 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8891 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8892 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18310 12062))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8895 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8896 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8898 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8900 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8901 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8902 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8903 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8904 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8905 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8906 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8908 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8912 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8913 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8917 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8918 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8919 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8920 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8921 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8922 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8925 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8926 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8930 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18310
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8934 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8935 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8937 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8938 an elided material again.
8940 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8947 ;;;;;; (18310 12062))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8950 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8958 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18310
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8962 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8963 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8964 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8966 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8969 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8970 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8972 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8974 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8975 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8976 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8978 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8980 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8982 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8983 Display current profiling results.
8984 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8985 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8992 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8993 ;;;;;; (18339 17961))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8996 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8997 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8998 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9000 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9005 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9006 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9007 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9008 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 51788))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9011 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9012 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9014 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9016 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9017 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9018 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9019 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9020 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9021 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9022 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9023 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9024 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9025 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9026 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9028 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9029 Run Emerge on two files.
9031 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9033 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9034 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9036 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9038 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9039 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9041 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9043 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9044 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9046 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9048 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9053 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9058 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9061 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9063 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9066 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9068 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9069 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9071 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9073 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9074 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9076 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9081 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (18339 17953))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9089 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9090 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9092 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9094 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9099 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18310 12117))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9102 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9103 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9104 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9105 text/enriched format.
9106 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9108 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9109 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9113 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9117 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9120 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9122 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9125 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9129 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9130 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18333 58864))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9134 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9138 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9139 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9140 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9142 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9144 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9145 (server (erc-compute-server))
9146 (port (erc-compute-port))
9147 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9149 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9151 That is, if called with
9153 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9155 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9156 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9157 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9159 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9161 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9163 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9164 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9165 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9166 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9168 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18310
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18329 52185))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9181 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18310 12068))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18329 52185))
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9193 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9198 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18329 52185))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9200 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9202 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9203 Parser for /dcc command.
9204 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9205 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9206 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9208 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9210 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9211 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9215 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9216 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9218 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9219 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9220 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9223 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9227 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9228 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9229 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9230 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9231 ;;;;;; (18310 12068))
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9234 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9235 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9237 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9239 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9240 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9241 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9242 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9244 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9249 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9251 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9252 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9254 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9256 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9257 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9259 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9261 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9262 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9264 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9266 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9267 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9269 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9271 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9272 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9274 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9276 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9277 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9279 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9281 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9282 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9286 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9287 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18310
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9296 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9298 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9299 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9300 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18310
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9309 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9313 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9314 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18310 12068))
9315 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9316 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9318 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9319 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9320 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9321 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9322 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9323 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9326 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9328 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9331 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9336 ;;;;;; (18310 12068))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9339 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18310 12068))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9348 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18329 28088))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9359 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18310 12068))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9363 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9364 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9365 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9366 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9367 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9368 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9372 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9373 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9374 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9375 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9377 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9378 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9381 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9382 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9389 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9390 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9391 ;;;;;; (18310 12068))
9392 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9393 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9395 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9396 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9400 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9401 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9405 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9406 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9410 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9411 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9415 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9416 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9420 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9421 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9425 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9426 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9430 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9431 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18310 12069))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9439 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (18310 12069))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9448 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9455 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9456 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18329 52185))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9459 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9460 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9461 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9462 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9466 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9467 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9474 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18310 12069))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9476 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9478 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9479 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9480 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9481 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9483 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9485 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18329 52185))
9493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9494 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18310
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9501 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18329 52185))
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9507 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18310 12069))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9513 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9517 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9518 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18329 52185))
9519 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9520 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9522 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9523 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9527 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9528 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9529 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9531 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18310 12069))
9536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9537 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9541 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (18310 12069))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9545 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9546 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9547 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18310
9555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9556 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18310 12069))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9562 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9566 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9567 ;;;;;; (18329 52185))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9570 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9571 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9572 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9574 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9576 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9577 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9580 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9581 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9582 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9585 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9589 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9590 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18310 12069))
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9592 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9594 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9595 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9596 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9597 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9599 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9601 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9602 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9603 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9610 ;;;;;; (18329 52186))
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9612 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9614 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9615 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9621 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18339
9623 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9625 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9626 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18310
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9638 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9639 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9645 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9646 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18310 12072))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9649 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9650 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9651 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9652 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9653 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9654 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9655 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9656 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9657 buffer selected (or created).
9659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9661 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9662 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9663 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9665 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9668 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9669 The result might be any Lisp object.
9670 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9671 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9672 corresponding to a successful execution.
9674 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9680 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9681 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9682 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9683 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9684 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9685 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9686 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9687 ;;;;;; (18339 48965))
9688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9690 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9691 *File name of tags table.
9692 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9693 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9694 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9695 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9697 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9698 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9699 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9700 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9702 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9704 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9705 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9706 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9707 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9708 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9709 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9711 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9713 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9714 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9715 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9716 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9717 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9718 `auto-compression-mode').")
9720 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9722 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9723 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9724 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9725 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9726 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9728 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9730 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9731 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9732 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9733 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9735 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9737 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9738 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9739 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9740 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9741 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9743 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9745 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9746 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9750 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9751 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9752 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9753 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9755 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9756 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9757 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9758 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9759 file the tag was in.
9761 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9763 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9764 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9765 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9766 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9767 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9768 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9769 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9770 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9771 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9773 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9775 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9776 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9777 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9778 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9779 without directory names.
9783 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9784 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9785 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9786 but does not select the buffer.
9787 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9789 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9790 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9791 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9792 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9793 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9795 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9797 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9798 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9799 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9801 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9803 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9805 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9806 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9807 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9808 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9810 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9811 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9812 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9813 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9814 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9816 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9818 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9819 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9820 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9822 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9824 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9825 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9827 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9828 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9829 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9830 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9831 around or before point.
9833 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9834 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9835 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9836 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9837 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9839 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9841 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9842 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9843 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9845 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9847 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9848 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9850 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9851 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9852 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9853 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9854 around or before point.
9856 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9857 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9858 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9859 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9860 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9862 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9864 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9865 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9866 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9868 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9870 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9871 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9873 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9874 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9875 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9877 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9878 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9879 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9880 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9881 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9883 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9885 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9886 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9887 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9889 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9891 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9892 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9893 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9895 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9896 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9898 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9899 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9900 where they were found.
9904 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9905 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9907 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9908 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9909 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9911 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9912 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9914 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9915 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9917 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9920 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9921 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9922 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9924 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9925 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9926 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9927 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9928 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9930 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9931 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9933 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9934 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9935 Stops when a match is found.
9936 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9938 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9940 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9942 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9943 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9944 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9945 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9946 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9947 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9948 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9949 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9951 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9952 produce the list of files to search.
9954 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9956 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9958 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9959 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9960 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9961 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9962 directory specification.
9964 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9966 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9967 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9969 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9971 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9972 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9973 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9974 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9978 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9979 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9980 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9981 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9982 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9988 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9989 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9990 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9991 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9992 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9993 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9994 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9995 ;;;;;; (18339 17958))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9998 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10003 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10004 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10006 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10007 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10009 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
10010 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10013 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
10014 even if the buffer is read-only.
10016 See also the descriptions of the variables
10017 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10019 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10021 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10022 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10024 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10025 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10027 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
10028 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10031 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
10032 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
10034 See also the descriptions of the variables
10035 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10037 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10039 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10040 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10041 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10042 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10044 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10046 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10047 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10048 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10049 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10051 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10052 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10055 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10056 buffer is read-only.
10058 See also the descriptions of the variables
10059 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10060 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10062 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10065 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10067 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10068 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10070 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
10071 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10072 the primary language.
10074 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10075 buffer is read-only.
10077 See also the descriptions of the variables
10078 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10079 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10081 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10083 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10084 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10085 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10090 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10094 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10095 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10097 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10098 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10101 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10102 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10103 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10105 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10107 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10109 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10110 This function is deprecated.
10114 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10115 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10119 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10120 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10124 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10125 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10127 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10128 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10130 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10131 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10135 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10136 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10140 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10141 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10145 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10146 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10150 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10151 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10152 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10156 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10159 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10163 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10164 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (18310 12095))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10168 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10169 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10170 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10171 server for future sessions.
10173 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10176 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10177 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10179 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10181 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10182 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10183 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10185 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10187 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10188 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10189 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10190 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10191 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10192 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10193 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10194 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10195 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10196 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10197 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10198 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10200 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10203 Display a form to query the directory server.
10204 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10205 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10207 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10209 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10210 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10211 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10215 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10219 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10220 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10221 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18310 12094))
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10224 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
10225 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10227 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10229 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
10230 Display URL and make it clickable.
10232 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10234 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
10235 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10237 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10239 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
10240 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10242 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10244 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
10245 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10247 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10249 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
10250 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10252 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10257 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18310 12094))
10258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10260 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
10261 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10262 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10266 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10267 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10273 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10274 ;;;;;; (18310 12094))
10275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10277 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10278 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10284 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18310
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10288 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10289 Create an empty ewoc.
10291 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10293 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10294 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10295 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10296 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10297 `insert-before-markers'.
10299 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10300 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10301 respectively, of the ewoc.
10303 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10304 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10305 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10307 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10311 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10312 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10313 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10314 ;;;;;; (18310 12110))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10317 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10318 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10319 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10321 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10323 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10324 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10325 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10326 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10327 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10329 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10331 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10332 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10333 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10334 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10335 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10338 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10340 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10341 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10342 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10346 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10347 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10348 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10356 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10357 ;;;;;; (18310 12036))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10360 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10361 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10362 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10363 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10365 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10367 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10368 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10369 to generate such functions.
10371 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10372 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10373 beginning of the expanded text.
10375 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10376 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10377 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10378 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10380 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10382 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10384 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10385 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10386 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10390 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10391 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10392 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10396 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10397 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10398 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10401 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10402 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18329 52189))
10407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10409 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10410 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10411 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10413 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10414 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10415 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10417 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10422 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10425 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10427 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10429 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10430 `f90-program-indent'
10431 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10433 `f90-continuation-indent'
10434 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10435 `f90-comment-region'
10436 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10437 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10438 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10439 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10441 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10442 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10443 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10444 `f90-break-delimiters'
10445 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10446 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10447 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10448 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10450 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10451 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10453 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10454 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10455 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10456 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10457 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10458 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10459 `f90-leave-line-no'
10460 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10462 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10463 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10469 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10470 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10471 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10472 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10473 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18310 12036))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10475 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10476 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10478 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face
)) map
) "\
10479 Menu keymap for faces.")
10481 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu
)
10483 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground
)) map
) "\
10484 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10486 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10488 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background
)) map
) "\
10489 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10491 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu
)
10493 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10494 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10496 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10498 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10499 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10501 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10503 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10504 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10506 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10508 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10509 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10511 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10513 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10515 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10517 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10519 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10520 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10522 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10523 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10524 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10525 to the faces to use for the next character
10526 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10527 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10529 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10530 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10531 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10532 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10533 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10534 preceding faces (including FACE).
10536 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10537 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10539 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10541 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10542 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10543 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10545 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10546 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10549 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10550 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10551 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10553 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10555 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10556 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10557 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10559 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10560 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10563 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10564 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10565 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10567 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10569 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10570 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10571 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10572 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10573 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10574 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10575 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10577 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10578 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10581 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10582 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10583 to insert cancels the specification.
10585 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10587 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10588 Make the region invisible.
10589 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10590 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10595 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10596 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10597 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10601 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10602 Make the region unmodifiable.
10603 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10604 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10606 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10609 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10611 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10613 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10614 Remove all text properties from the region.
10616 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10618 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10619 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10620 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10622 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10625 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10627 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10629 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10630 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10631 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10632 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10633 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10634 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10636 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10640 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10641 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18310 12102))
10642 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10644 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10645 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10646 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10647 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10649 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10651 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10652 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10653 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10655 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10656 - When you save the file's buffer.
10657 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10658 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10659 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10660 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10662 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10664 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10665 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10666 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10667 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10671 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10672 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10676 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10680 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10681 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10682 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18307 26238))
10683 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10685 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10686 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10687 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10688 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10692 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10693 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10698 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10699 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10700 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10704 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10705 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10706 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10707 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10708 backup file names and the like).
10710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10712 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10713 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10714 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10715 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10716 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10717 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10718 internally by feedmail):
10720 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10721 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10722 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10723 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10725 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10726 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10727 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10728 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10729 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10731 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10736 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18324 26601))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10739 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10740 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10741 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10742 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10743 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10744 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10745 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10747 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10750 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10751 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10752 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10753 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10754 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10755 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10759 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10761 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10762 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10763 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10764 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10765 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10766 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10768 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10770 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10771 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10772 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10774 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10775 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10780 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10781 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10783 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10785 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10786 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10792 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10793 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10794 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10795 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18310 12037))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10798 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10799 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10800 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10801 be added to the cache.
10803 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10805 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10806 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10807 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10808 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10809 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10811 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10814 Add FILE to the file cache.
10818 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10819 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10820 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10822 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10824 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10825 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10826 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10828 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10830 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10831 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10832 This function does not use any external programs
10833 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10834 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10835 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10837 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10839 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10840 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10841 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10842 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10843 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10844 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10845 \(directories) is done.
10851 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18310
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10855 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10856 Filesets initialization.
10857 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18339 17965))
10864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10865 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10869 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10870 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10871 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18310 12037))
10872 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10874 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10875 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10876 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10877 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10878 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10880 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10882 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10883 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10884 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10885 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10886 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10888 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10890 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10891 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10892 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10893 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10895 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10897 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10898 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10899 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10900 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10902 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10904 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10905 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10906 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10908 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10910 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10911 as the final argument.
10913 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10915 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10916 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10917 and run dired on those files.
10918 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10919 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10921 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10923 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10925 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10926 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10927 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10929 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10931 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10933 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10938 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10939 ;;;;;; (18310 12037))
10940 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10942 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10943 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10944 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10945 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10946 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10947 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10948 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10950 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10951 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10952 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10954 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10956 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10958 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10960 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10961 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10962 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10964 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10965 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10967 Variables of interest include:
10969 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10970 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10971 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10973 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10974 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10975 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10977 - `ff-ignore-include'
10978 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10980 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10981 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10984 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10986 - `ff-special-constructs'
10987 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10988 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10989 extracting the filename from that construct.
10991 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10992 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10994 - `ff-search-directories'
10995 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10996 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10998 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10999 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11001 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11002 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11004 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11005 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11007 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11008 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11010 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11011 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11013 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11015 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11016 Visit the file you click on.
11018 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11020 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11021 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11023 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11028 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11029 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11030 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11031 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11032 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11033 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18337 10112))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11036 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11037 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11039 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11042 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11043 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11044 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11046 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11047 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11048 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11049 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11051 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11053 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11054 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11056 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11057 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11058 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11059 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11061 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11062 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11065 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11067 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11068 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11070 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11071 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11072 places point before the definition.
11073 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11075 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11076 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11077 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11079 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11081 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11082 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11084 See `find-function' for more details.
11086 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11088 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11089 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11091 See `find-function' for more details.
11093 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11095 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11096 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11098 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11099 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11100 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11102 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11103 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11105 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11107 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11108 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11110 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11111 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11112 places point before the definition.
11114 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11116 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11117 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11118 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11120 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11122 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11123 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11125 See `find-variable' for more details.
11127 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11129 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11130 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11132 See `find-variable' for more details.
11134 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11136 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11137 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11138 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11139 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11140 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11141 buffer nor display it.
11143 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11144 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11146 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11148 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11149 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11151 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11152 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11153 places point before the definition.
11155 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11157 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11158 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11159 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11163 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11164 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11165 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11169 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11170 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11174 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11175 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11179 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11180 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11187 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18310 12037))
11188 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11190 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11191 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11193 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11195 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11196 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11200 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11201 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11203 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11207 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11208 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18310 12037))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11211 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11212 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11216 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11217 Display FILE's commentary section.
11218 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11222 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11223 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11230 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18310 12037))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11233 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11234 Toggle flow control handling.
11235 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11236 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11238 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11240 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11241 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11242 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11243 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11244 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11245 to get the effect of a C-q.
11247 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11252 ;;;;;; (18310 12073))
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11255 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11260 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11263 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11268 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18310 12110))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11271 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11272 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11273 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11274 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11278 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11279 Turn flymake mode on.
11283 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11284 Turn flymake mode off.
11290 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11291 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11292 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18310 12118))
11293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11295 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11296 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11299 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11301 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11302 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11303 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11304 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11305 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11306 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11307 otherwise turn it off.
11310 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11311 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11312 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11313 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11316 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11319 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11320 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11321 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11323 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11325 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11326 in your .emacs file.
11328 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11329 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11333 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11334 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11338 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11339 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11343 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11344 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11348 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11349 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11353 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11354 Flyspell whole buffer.
11360 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11361 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11362 ;;;;;; (18310 12038))
11363 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11365 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11366 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11370 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11371 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11375 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11376 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11378 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11379 of two major techniques:
11381 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11382 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11383 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11385 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11386 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11387 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11390 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11391 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11392 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11393 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11394 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11397 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11398 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11400 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11402 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11403 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11404 \(This is the default.)
11406 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11408 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11409 \\{follow-mode-map}
11411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11413 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11414 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11416 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11417 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11418 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11419 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11420 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11421 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11423 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11424 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11425 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11427 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11428 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11429 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11435 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18310
11437 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11439 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11440 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11441 \\<message-mode-map>
11445 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11446 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11447 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11448 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11449 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11450 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11457 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18310 12038))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11460 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11461 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11463 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11464 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11465 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11466 C-c < forms-first-record <
11467 C-c > forms-last-record >
11468 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11469 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11470 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11471 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11472 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11473 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11474 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11475 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11476 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11477 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11479 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11481 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11482 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11486 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11487 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11493 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11494 ;;;;;; (18340 21050))
11495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11497 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11498 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11499 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11501 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11502 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11504 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11507 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11509 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11511 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11512 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11513 `fortran-do-indent'
11514 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11515 `fortran-if-indent'
11516 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11517 `fortran-structure-indent'
11518 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11520 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11521 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11522 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11523 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11524 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11525 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11526 nil don't change the indentation
11527 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11529 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11530 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11531 depending on the continuation format in use.
11532 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11533 indentation for a line of code.
11535 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11536 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11537 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11538 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11539 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11540 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11541 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11542 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11543 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11544 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11546 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11547 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11548 statements (default nil).
11549 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11550 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11551 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11552 `fortran-continuation-string'
11553 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11554 line (default \"$\").
11555 `fortran-comment-region'
11556 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11557 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11558 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11559 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11560 as typed (default t).
11561 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11562 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11564 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11565 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11572 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18310 12105))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11575 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11576 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11578 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11579 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11581 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11584 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11586 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11587 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11589 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11591 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11592 Compile fortune file.
11594 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11595 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11597 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11599 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11600 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11602 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11603 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11604 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11605 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11607 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11609 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11610 Display a fortune cookie.
11612 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11613 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11614 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11615 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11617 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11621 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11622 ;;;;;; (18337 53160))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11625 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11626 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11627 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11628 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11630 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11631 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11632 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11633 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11635 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11636 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11637 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11638 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11639 some of the buffers.
11641 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11643 The following commands help control operation :
11645 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11646 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11648 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11649 detailed description of this mode.
11652 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11654 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11655 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11659 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11660 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11661 | | (comint-mode) |
11668 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11669 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11670 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11671 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11672 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11673 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11675 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11676 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11677 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11678 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11679 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11682 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11684 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11685 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11687 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11692 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18339
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11696 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11697 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11698 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11699 instead (which see).")
11701 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11702 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11704 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11705 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11706 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11707 documentation string instead.
11709 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11710 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11711 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11712 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11713 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11714 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11715 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11716 enders are actually possible.
11718 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11719 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11721 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11722 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11723 `font-lock-keywords'.
11725 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11726 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11727 runs the macro expansion.
11729 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11730 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11731 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11733 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11735 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11737 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11738 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11740 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11742 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11743 Enter generic mode MODE.
11745 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11746 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11747 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11749 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11750 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11754 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11755 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11756 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11757 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11758 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11759 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11760 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11761 `font-lock-keywords'.
11763 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (18310 12110))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11771 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11772 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11773 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11774 at places they belong to.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11781 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11782 ;;;;;; (18310 12073))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11785 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11786 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11787 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11789 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11791 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11792 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11794 Guideline for numbers:
11795 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11796 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11799 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11801 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11802 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11803 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11805 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11808 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11810 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11812 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11813 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11815 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11816 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11817 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11818 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11819 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11820 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11822 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11823 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11824 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11825 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11826 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11828 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11830 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11835 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18342 56660))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11837 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11838 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11840 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11841 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11845 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11847 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11848 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11849 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11850 name of an NNTP server to use.
11851 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11854 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11856 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11857 Read news as a slave.
11859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11862 Pop up a frame to read news.
11863 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11864 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11865 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11866 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11867 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11868 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11869 current display is used.
11871 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11875 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11876 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11877 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11879 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11883 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11884 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11885 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11886 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11887 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11888 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18310 12073))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11891 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11892 Start Gnus unplugged.
11896 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Start Gnus plugged.
11901 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11902 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11906 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11907 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11909 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11910 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11911 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11913 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11914 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11915 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11919 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11920 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11924 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11925 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11926 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11927 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11928 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11931 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11935 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11936 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11937 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11940 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11943 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11947 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11948 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11949 downloaded into the agent.
11951 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11953 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11955 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11956 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11958 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11960 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11965 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11970 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11971 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11972 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11974 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11979 ;;;;;; (18342 56660))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11982 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11983 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11990 ;;;;;; (18310 12073))
11991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11993 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11994 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
12001 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18310 12074))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12004 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12005 Set a bookmark for this article.
12009 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12010 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12012 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12014 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12015 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12016 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12017 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12018 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12024 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12025 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12026 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18310
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12030 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12031 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12034 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12038 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12039 Generate the cache active file.
12041 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12043 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12044 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12048 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12049 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12050 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12051 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12052 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12055 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12058 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12059 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12060 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12061 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12064 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12069 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18310 12074))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12072 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12073 Delay this article by some time.
12074 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12076 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12077 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12079 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12080 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12082 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12083 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12085 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12088 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12092 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12093 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12094 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12095 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12097 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12098 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12100 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12105 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18310 12074))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12108 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12111 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12113 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12116 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12120 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12121 ;;;;;; (18310 12074))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12124 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12125 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12131 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12132 ;;;;;; (18310 12074))
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12135 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12136 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12143 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12144 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18310
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12148 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12149 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12153 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12154 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12158 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12159 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12161 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12162 different input formats.
12166 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12169 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12170 different input formats.
12174 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12175 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12176 The PNG is returned as a string.
12178 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12181 Convert FILE to a Face.
12182 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12185 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12189 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12190 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18310 12074))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12193 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12194 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12195 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12196 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12198 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12200 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12201 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12203 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12208 ;;;;;; (18310 12075))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12211 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12213 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12214 Run batched scoring.
12215 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12222 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12223 ;;;;;; (18310 12075))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12226 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12231 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12232 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12233 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12235 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12237 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12238 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12240 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12247 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12248 ;;;;;; (18310 12075))
12249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12251 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12252 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12253 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12254 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12257 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12258 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12259 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12260 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12262 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12263 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12264 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12265 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12266 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12267 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12268 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12269 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12270 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12271 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12273 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12275 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12276 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12277 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12280 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12281 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12283 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12286 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12287 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12289 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12293 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12294 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12295 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12297 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12299 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12300 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12301 existing groups are considered.
12303 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12304 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12307 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12308 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12309 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12310 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12311 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12312 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12313 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12314 clauses will be generated.
12316 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12317 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12318 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12319 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12320 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12321 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12323 For example, given the following group parameters:
12326 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12327 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12329 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12330 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12331 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12332 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12334 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12336 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12338 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12340 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12341 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12344 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18310 12075))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12353 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12354 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12356 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12361 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18310 12075))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12364 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12365 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12366 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12367 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12369 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12371 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12374 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12377 Like `message-reply'.
12379 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12381 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12386 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18310 12075))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12389 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12390 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12394 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12395 Load the NoCeM cache.
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12402 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12403 ;;;;;; (18310 12075))
12404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12406 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12407 Display picons in the From header.
12408 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12412 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12413 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12414 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12418 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12419 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12420 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12427 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12429 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12430 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18310 12075))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12433 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12434 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12435 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12436 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12438 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12440 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12441 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12442 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12447 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12449 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12459 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12462 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12464 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12465 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12466 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12468 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12470 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12474 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12476 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12479 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12480 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12482 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12484 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12485 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12486 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12488 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12490 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12491 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12493 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12498 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18324 26614))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12501 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12506 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12507 Install the registry hooks.
12513 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12514 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18310
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12518 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12519 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12520 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12521 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12522 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12523 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12527 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12528 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12529 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12530 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12531 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12535 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12542 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12543 ;;;;;; (18310 12076))
12544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12546 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12547 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12548 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12549 for matching on group names.
12551 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12552 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12554 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12556 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12563 ;;;;;; (18310 12076))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12566 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12567 Update the format specification near point.
12573 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12574 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18339
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12578 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12579 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12581 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12583 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12590 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12591 ;;;;;; (18310 12077))
12592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12594 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12595 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12597 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12601 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18310 12105))
12602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12604 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12605 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12607 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12608 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12609 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12611 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12612 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12613 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12615 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12616 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12618 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12619 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12621 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12623 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12627 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12628 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18310 12095))
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12631 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12633 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12634 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12635 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12636 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12637 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12639 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12641 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12642 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12643 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12645 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12646 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12648 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12649 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12652 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12656 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12657 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12658 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18339 17963))
12659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12661 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12662 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12664 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12666 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12667 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12668 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12669 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12670 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12672 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12673 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12675 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12677 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12678 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12679 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12680 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12682 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12684 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12685 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12687 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12689 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12690 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12692 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12693 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12694 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12696 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12697 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12698 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12700 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12701 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12702 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12703 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12705 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12706 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12707 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12708 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12709 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12711 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12713 (defvar grep-history nil)
12715 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12717 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12718 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12719 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12723 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12728 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12729 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12733 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12734 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12735 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12736 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12739 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12740 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12742 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12743 can easily repeat a grep command.
12745 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12746 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12747 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12750 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12752 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12753 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12754 Collect output in a buffer.
12755 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12756 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12758 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12759 easily repeat a find command.
12761 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12763 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12765 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12766 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12767 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12768 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12769 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12771 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12772 before it is executed.
12773 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12775 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12776 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12777 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12779 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12781 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12783 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12784 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12785 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12786 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12787 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12789 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12790 before it is executed.
12791 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12793 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12794 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12795 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12797 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12799 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12803 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18310 12039))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12806 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12807 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12808 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12809 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12810 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12812 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12816 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12817 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18310 12110))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12820 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12821 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12823 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12828 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12835 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12842 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12843 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12844 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12846 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12847 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12851 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12852 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12854 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12859 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12860 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12861 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12863 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12865 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12866 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12867 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12868 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12869 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12871 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12872 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12873 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12874 original source file access method.
12876 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12877 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12879 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12880 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12882 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12884 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12885 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12891 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18310
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12895 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12896 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12897 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12898 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12900 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12901 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12902 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12903 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12909 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12910 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12913 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12914 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12916 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12918 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12919 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12920 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12921 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12923 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12927 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12928 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12929 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12930 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12938 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12939 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18310 12089))
12940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12942 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12943 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12947 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12948 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12949 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12953 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12954 Verify a hashcash payment
12956 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12958 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12959 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12960 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12961 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12962 `mail-add-payment-async').
12964 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12966 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12967 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12968 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12969 Calculation is asynchronous.
12971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12973 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12974 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12975 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12981 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12982 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12983 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12984 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18310 12039))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12987 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12988 Return the help-echo string at point.
12989 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12990 property, or nil, is returned.
12991 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12992 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12993 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12995 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12997 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12998 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12999 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13000 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13001 this produces no string either, return nil.
13005 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13006 Display local help in the echo area.
13007 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13008 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13009 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13012 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13013 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13014 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13018 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13019 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13020 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13024 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13025 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13026 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13030 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13031 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13032 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13033 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13034 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13035 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13036 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13037 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13038 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13039 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13040 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13042 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13043 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13044 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13045 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13046 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13048 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13049 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13050 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13051 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13052 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13053 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13054 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13055 The default is `never'.")
13057 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13059 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13061 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13062 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13063 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13064 considered different regions.
13066 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13067 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13068 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13069 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13070 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13071 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13072 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13073 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13074 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13076 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13078 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13079 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13080 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13081 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13084 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13085 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13086 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13087 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13088 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13089 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13090 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13091 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13093 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13094 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13095 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13096 rarely happens in practice.
13098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13100 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13101 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13102 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13103 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13104 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13105 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13111 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13112 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13113 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13114 ;;;;;; (18310 12039))
13115 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13117 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13118 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13120 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13122 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13123 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13124 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13126 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13128 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13129 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13131 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13133 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13136 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13138 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13139 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13140 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13141 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13143 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13145 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13146 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13147 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13148 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13149 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13150 it is displayed along with the global value.
13152 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13154 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13155 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13156 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13157 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13159 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13161 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13162 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13163 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13164 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13165 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13167 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13171 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13172 ;;;;;; (18310 12039))
13173 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13175 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13176 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13177 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13178 and window listing and describing the options.
13179 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13180 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13182 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13186 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13187 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13188 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18310
13190 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13192 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13193 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13194 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13200 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13205 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13210 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13211 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13213 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13214 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13215 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13216 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13218 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13219 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13220 restore it properly when going back.
13222 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13224 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13229 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13230 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13232 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13233 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13234 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13235 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13236 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13237 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13238 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13239 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13241 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13242 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13243 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13244 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13246 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13247 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13250 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13252 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13253 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13254 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13255 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13256 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13257 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13259 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13261 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13262 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13263 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13264 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13265 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13267 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13269 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13270 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13272 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13276 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13277 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18307 26234))
13278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13280 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13281 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13285 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13286 Provide help for current mode.
13292 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13293 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18310 12040))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13296 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13297 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13298 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13299 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13300 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13302 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13303 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13305 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13306 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13307 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13308 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13310 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13311 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13314 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13319 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13320 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13321 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13322 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13323 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13324 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13325 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13326 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13327 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13328 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13329 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13330 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13331 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13332 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13333 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13335 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13336 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13337 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13339 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13342 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13344 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13345 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13346 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13348 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13349 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13350 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13352 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13353 into the buffer at the current point.
13355 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13356 into the buffer at the current point.
13358 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13359 into the buffer at the current point.
13361 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13363 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13364 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13366 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13368 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13372 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13373 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13374 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13375 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13377 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13379 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13380 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13381 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13387 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13388 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13389 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13390 ;;;;;; (18310 12040))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13393 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13394 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13396 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13397 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13398 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13399 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13400 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13401 called interactively, are:
13403 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13404 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13406 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13407 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13408 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13409 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13411 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13412 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13414 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13415 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13417 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13418 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13419 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13420 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13421 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13422 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13423 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13424 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13425 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13426 function returns t.
13428 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13429 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13431 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13432 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13435 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13436 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13437 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13438 Patterns will be read until
13440 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13444 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13445 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13446 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13449 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13451 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13453 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13454 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13455 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13456 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13457 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13461 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13463 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13464 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13466 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13467 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13468 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13469 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13471 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13473 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13475 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13476 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13478 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13479 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13480 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13481 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13483 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13485 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13487 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13488 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13490 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13491 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13493 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13495 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13497 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13498 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13500 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13501 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13502 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13503 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13504 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13506 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13508 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13509 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13511 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13512 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13513 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13519 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13520 ;;;;;; (18329 52189))
13521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13523 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13524 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13525 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13526 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13527 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13528 how the hiding is done:
13531 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13532 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13535 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13536 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13537 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13538 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13539 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13542 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13543 #endif lines when hiding.
13545 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13546 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13549 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13550 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13551 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13553 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13559 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13560 ;;;;;; (18307 26243))
13561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13563 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13564 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13565 Each element has the form
13566 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13568 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13569 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13571 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13572 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13574 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13575 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13576 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13577 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13578 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13579 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13581 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13582 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13584 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13585 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13587 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13588 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13589 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13591 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13592 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13593 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13594 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13595 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13596 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13598 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13599 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13600 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13602 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13603 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13605 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13608 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13612 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13613 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13619 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13620 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13621 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13622 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13623 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18310 12040))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13626 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13627 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13628 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13630 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13632 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13633 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13635 Without an argument:
13636 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13637 or passive state as determined by the variable
13638 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13641 With an argument ARG:
13642 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13643 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13644 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13646 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13647 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13648 not displayed in a different face.
13651 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13652 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13653 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13654 buffer with the contents of a file
13655 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13656 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13660 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13661 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13662 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13666 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13667 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13671 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13672 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13676 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13679 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13680 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13681 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13682 shown in the last face in the list.
13684 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13685 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13686 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13688 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13692 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13693 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13695 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13697 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13700 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13701 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13703 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13704 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13705 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13707 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13709 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13710 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13712 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13713 this function is called interactively.
13715 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13716 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13717 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13719 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13720 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13721 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13723 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13725 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13726 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13728 When called interactively:
13729 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13730 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13731 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13732 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13734 When called from a program:
13735 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13736 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13737 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13738 - otherwise just turn it on
13740 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13741 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13742 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13743 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13750 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13751 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13752 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13753 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18310 12040))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13756 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13757 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13758 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13759 or insert functions in this list.")
13761 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13763 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13764 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13766 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13768 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13769 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13771 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13773 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13774 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13776 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13778 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13779 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13781 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13783 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13784 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13785 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13787 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13789 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13790 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13791 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13794 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13796 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13797 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13798 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13799 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13800 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13802 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13804 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13805 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13806 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13807 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13808 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13810 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13811 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13812 undoes the expansion.
13816 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13817 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13818 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13819 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13821 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13825 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13826 ;;;;;; (18310 12040))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13829 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13830 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13831 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13833 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13834 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13835 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13836 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13837 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13839 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13840 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13841 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13842 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13847 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13848 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13851 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13853 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13855 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13856 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13857 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13859 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13860 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13866 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13867 ;;;;;; (18310 12059))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13870 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13871 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13872 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13874 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13879 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13881 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13882 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13883 different list. For example,
13885 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13886 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13888 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13889 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13891 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13892 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13893 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13894 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13897 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13899 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13901 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18310
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13909 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13910 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13916 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13931 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13932 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13933 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13934 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18329 52182))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13941 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13943 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13950 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13955 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13960 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13968 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13970 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13975 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13988 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Remove the first filter group.
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14011 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Remove all filter groups.
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14023 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14024 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14025 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Kill the filter group at point.
14031 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14033 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14035 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14047 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14048 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14050 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14054 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14060 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14064 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14069 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14077 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14078 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14079 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14095 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14098 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14102 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14104 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14122 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14131 Default sorting modes are:
14132 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14133 Name - the name of the buffer
14134 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14135 Size - the size of the buffer
14139 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14154 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14155 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14156 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14157 for this Ibuffer session.
14159 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14163 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14164 for this Ibuffer session.
14166 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14171 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14172 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14174 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14175 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14177 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14179 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14182 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14183 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14185 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14187 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14188 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14192 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14193 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14195 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14196 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14197 hidden group filter, open it.
14199 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14200 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14201 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14205 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14207 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14211 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14214 The names are separated by a space.
14215 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14217 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14218 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14219 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14220 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14222 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14226 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14229 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14231 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14234 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14236 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14239 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14241 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all modified buffers.
14251 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14261 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14266 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14267 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14271 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14272 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14276 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14277 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14281 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Mark all read-only buffers.
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14292 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14293 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14296 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14300 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14301 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18310
14303 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14305 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14306 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14308 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14309 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14310 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14312 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14313 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14314 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14315 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14316 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14317 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14319 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14320 title of the column.
14322 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14323 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14324 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14325 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14326 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14328 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14330 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14331 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14332 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14333 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14334 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14336 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14337 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14338 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14340 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14342 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14343 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14344 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14345 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14346 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14347 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14349 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14350 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14351 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14352 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14353 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14354 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14355 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14356 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14358 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14359 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14360 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14361 buffer's modification flag.
14362 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14363 prompted before performing this operation.
14364 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14365 operation is complete, in the form:
14366 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14367 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14368 confirmation message, in the form:
14369 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14370 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14371 macro for exactly what it does.
14373 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14375 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14376 Define a filter named NAME.
14377 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14378 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14379 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14381 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14382 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14383 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14384 bound to the current value of the filter.
14386 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14390 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14391 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18329 52182))
14392 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14394 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14395 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14396 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14397 buffers which are visiting a file.
14399 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14401 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14402 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14403 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14404 buffers which are visiting a file.
14406 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14408 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14409 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14410 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14412 All arguments are optional.
14413 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14414 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14415 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14416 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14417 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14418 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14419 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14420 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14421 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14422 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14423 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14424 that value locally in this buffer.
14426 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14430 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14431 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14432 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18333 58864))
14433 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14435 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14436 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14437 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14438 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14440 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14442 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14443 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14444 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14445 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14447 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14448 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14449 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14451 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14453 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14454 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14455 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14456 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14457 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14458 non-marking or not.
14460 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14462 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14463 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14465 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14466 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14469 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14470 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14471 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14473 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14476 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14477 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14478 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14480 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18329
14486 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14488 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14489 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14490 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14493 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14495 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14497 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14498 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14499 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14500 otherwise turn it off.
14502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14506 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18310 12111))
14507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14509 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14510 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14511 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14512 Tab indents for Icon code.
14513 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14514 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14516 Variables controlling indentation style:
14517 icon-tab-always-indent
14518 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14519 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14521 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14522 inserted in Icon code.
14524 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14525 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14526 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14527 icon-continued-statement-offset
14528 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14529 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14530 icon-continued-brace-offset
14531 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14532 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14534 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14535 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14536 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14537 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14539 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14540 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14546 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14547 ;;;;;; (18340 21050))
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14550 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14551 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14552 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14553 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14555 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14556 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14559 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14560 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14562 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14563 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14564 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14566 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14568 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14572 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14573 ;;;;;; (18310 12111))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14576 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14577 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14579 The main features of this mode are
14581 1. Indentation and Formatting
14582 --------------------------
14583 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14584 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14586 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14587 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14588 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14589 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14591 Comments are indented as follows:
14593 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14594 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14595 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14597 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14599 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14600 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14601 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14602 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14603 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14604 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14606 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14607 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14608 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14609 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14613 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14614 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14615 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14616 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14617 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14618 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14619 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14620 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14621 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14622 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14627 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14628 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14629 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14630 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14634 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14635 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14636 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14637 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14638 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14641 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14642 --------------------------------
14643 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14644 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14646 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14647 \\fu FUNCTION template
14648 \\c CASE statement template
14649 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14650 \\f FOR loop template
14651 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14652 \\w WHILE loop template
14653 \\i IF statement template
14654 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14657 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14658 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14660 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14661 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14662 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14663 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14665 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14666 -------------------------
14667 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14668 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14670 7. Automatic END completion
14671 ------------------------
14672 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14673 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14677 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14678 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14680 9. Documentation and Customization
14681 -------------------------------
14682 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14683 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14684 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14685 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14686 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14690 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14691 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14692 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14694 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14697 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14701 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14702 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14703 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14704 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14705 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14706 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14707 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14708 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18342
14710 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14712 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14713 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14714 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14715 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14717 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14718 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14719 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14722 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14724 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14726 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14727 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14728 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14729 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14730 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14731 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14732 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14733 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14734 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14738 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14739 Switch to another buffer.
14740 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14741 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14744 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14745 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14746 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14747 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14748 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14750 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14751 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14753 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14754 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14756 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14757 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14758 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14759 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14760 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14761 in a separate window.
14762 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14763 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14764 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14765 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14766 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14767 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14768 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14769 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14770 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14774 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14775 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14781 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14782 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14788 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14795 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14796 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14802 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14803 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14809 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14810 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14814 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14815 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14816 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14817 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14818 visible in another frame.
14820 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14821 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14822 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14823 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14824 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14825 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14827 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14828 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14830 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14831 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14833 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14834 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14835 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14836 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14837 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14838 in a separate window.
14839 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14840 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14841 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14842 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14843 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14844 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14845 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14846 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14847 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14848 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14849 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14850 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14851 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14852 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14853 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14857 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14858 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14864 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14865 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14871 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14872 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14879 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14886 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14893 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14900 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14907 Write current buffer to a file.
14908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14914 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14920 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14921 Call `dired' the ido way.
14922 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14927 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14928 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14929 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14930 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14931 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14932 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14934 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14936 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14937 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14938 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14939 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14941 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14943 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14944 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14945 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14946 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14948 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14950 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14951 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14952 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14953 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14954 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14955 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14956 with `completing-read'.
14957 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14958 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14959 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14960 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14961 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14962 with point positioned at the end.
14963 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14964 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14966 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14970 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18310 12040))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14972 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14974 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14975 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14976 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14982 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14983 ;;;;;; (18310 12040))
14984 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14986 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14987 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14991 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14992 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14999 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15000 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15001 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15002 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18310 12041))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15005 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15006 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15007 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15010 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15012 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15013 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15014 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15019 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15020 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15021 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15024 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15026 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15027 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15028 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15031 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15033 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15034 Determine and return image type.
15035 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15036 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15037 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15038 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15039 use its file extension as image type.
15040 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15042 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15045 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15046 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15048 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15050 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15051 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15052 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15054 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15055 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15056 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15057 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15062 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15064 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15065 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15066 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15067 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15068 use its file extension as image type.
15069 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15070 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15071 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15072 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15074 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15076 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15077 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15078 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15080 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15082 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15083 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15084 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15085 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15086 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15087 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15088 POS may be an integer or marker.
15089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15092 means display it in the right marginal area.
15094 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15096 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15097 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15098 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15099 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15100 defaulted if you omit it.
15101 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15102 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15103 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15104 means display it in the right marginal area.
15105 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15106 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15107 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15108 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15109 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15111 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15113 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15114 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15115 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15116 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15117 defaulted if you omit it.
15118 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15119 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15120 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15121 means display it in the right marginal area.
15122 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15124 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15126 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15127 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15128 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15129 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15131 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15133 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15134 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15136 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15138 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15139 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15140 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15141 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15142 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15143 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15144 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15145 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15148 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15150 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15152 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15154 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15155 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15157 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15158 documentation string.
15160 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15161 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15162 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15163 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15164 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15165 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15166 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15171 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15172 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15174 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15178 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15179 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15180 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15181 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15182 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15183 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15184 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15185 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18310 12040))
15186 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15189 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15194 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15196 Convenience command that:
15198 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15199 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15200 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15202 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15203 image files in dired and type
15204 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15206 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15208 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15209 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15211 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15214 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15215 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15216 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15217 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15220 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15221 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15222 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15224 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15225 instead of erasing it first.
15227 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15228 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15229 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15230 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15231 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15232 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15234 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15237 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15238 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15239 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15244 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15246 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15248 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15249 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15254 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15255 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15260 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15265 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15266 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15267 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15271 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15272 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15277 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15282 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15286 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15287 Display current image file.
15288 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15289 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15294 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15298 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15299 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15300 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15301 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15302 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15303 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15304 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15308 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15309 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15310 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15317 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15318 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15319 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18310 12040))
15320 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15322 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15323 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15324 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15325 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15327 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15328 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15329 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15330 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15332 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15334 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15335 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15336 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15337 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15339 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15340 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15341 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15342 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15344 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15346 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15347 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15351 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15352 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15353 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15354 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15356 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15358 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15359 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15360 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15361 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15362 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15363 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15365 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15367 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15368 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15369 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15370 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15372 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15373 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15374 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15380 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15381 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18339 17932))
15382 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15383 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15384 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15385 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15386 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15387 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15388 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15389 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15390 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15391 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15393 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15394 Major mode for image files.
15395 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15396 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15400 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15401 Toggle Image minor mode.
15402 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15403 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15407 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15408 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15409 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15410 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15411 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15412 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15414 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15415 information on these modes.
15419 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15422 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15426 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15427 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18307 26227))
15428 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15430 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15431 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15433 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15435 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15436 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15439 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15441 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15442 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15443 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15445 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15447 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15448 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15450 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15451 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15452 pattern's structure.
15454 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15455 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15456 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15459 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15461 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15462 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15464 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15465 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15466 called within a `save-excursion'.
15468 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15470 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15472 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15473 Function for finding the next index position.
15475 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15476 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15477 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15480 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15481 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15483 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15485 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15486 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15488 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15489 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15490 It should return the name for that index item.")
15492 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15494 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15495 Function to compare string with index item.
15497 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15498 non-nil if they match.
15500 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15501 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15502 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15503 arguments match\".")
15505 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15507 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15508 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15509 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15511 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15515 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15517 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15518 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15519 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15520 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15524 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15525 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15527 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15531 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15532 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15533 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15534 for more information.
15536 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15540 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15541 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15542 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18339 17959))
15543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15545 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15546 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15550 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15553 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15555 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15558 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15560 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15563 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15565 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15566 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15572 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15573 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15574 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18310 12112))
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15577 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15578 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15579 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15580 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15581 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15583 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15585 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15586 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15588 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15590 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15591 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15592 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15593 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15594 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15595 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15596 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15597 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15599 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15601 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15602 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15603 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15604 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15605 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15607 This variable is only used if the variable
15608 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15610 More precise choices:
15611 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15612 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15615 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15617 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15619 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15620 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15622 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15623 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15624 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15626 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15627 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15628 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15629 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15632 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15634 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15638 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15639 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15640 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15641 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18339 17932))
15642 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15644 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15645 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15647 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15648 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15649 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15651 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15652 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15653 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15654 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15655 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15656 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15657 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15658 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15659 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15660 with the top-level Info directory.
15662 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15663 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15664 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15665 appended to the Info buffer name.
15667 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15668 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15669 in all the directories in that path.
15671 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15673 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15674 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15678 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15679 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15680 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15681 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15685 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15686 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15687 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15688 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15690 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15692 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15693 Go to the Info directory node.
15697 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15698 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15699 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15700 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15701 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15702 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15704 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15706 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15707 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15708 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15710 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15712 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15713 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15714 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15715 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15716 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15718 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15719 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15721 Selecting other nodes:
15722 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15723 Follow a node reference you click on.
15724 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15725 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15726 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15727 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15728 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15729 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15730 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15731 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15732 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15733 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15734 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15735 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15736 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15737 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15738 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15739 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15740 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15741 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15742 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15743 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15745 Moving within a node:
15746 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15747 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15748 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15749 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15750 move up to the parent node.
15751 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15752 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15754 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15757 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15758 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15759 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15760 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15761 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15762 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15763 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15764 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15765 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15766 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15767 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15768 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15769 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15770 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15771 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15772 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15775 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15777 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15778 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15779 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15780 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15781 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15782 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15784 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15785 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15787 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15788 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15790 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15791 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15792 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15793 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15797 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15798 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15799 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15803 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15806 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15810 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15811 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15812 ;;;;;; (18310 12041))
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15815 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15816 Throw away all cached data.
15817 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15818 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15822 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15824 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15825 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15826 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15827 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15828 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15829 one found at point.
15831 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15833 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15834 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15836 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15837 Display the documentation of a file.
15838 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15839 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15840 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15841 The default file name is the one found at point.
15843 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15845 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15847 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15848 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15850 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15852 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15853 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15855 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15859 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15860 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18310 12041))
15861 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15863 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15864 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15866 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15868 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15869 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15870 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15874 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15875 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15876 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15878 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15879 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15886 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15887 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18310 12041))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15890 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15891 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15893 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15895 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15896 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15897 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15899 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15900 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15901 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15903 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15904 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15905 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15906 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15910 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15911 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15912 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15916 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15917 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15918 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15919 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15920 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15927 ;;;;;; (18310 12041))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15930 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15931 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15932 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15934 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15935 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15937 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15938 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15939 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15942 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15943 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15944 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15945 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15946 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15947 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15948 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15949 buffer in the series.")
15951 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15952 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15953 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15959 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15960 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15961 ;;;;;; (18310 12084))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15964 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15965 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15969 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15970 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15974 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15977 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15981 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18310
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15985 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15986 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15987 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15988 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15989 accessed via isearchb.
15995 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15996 ;;;;;; (18310 12102))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15999 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
16000 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
16001 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
16002 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
16003 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
16004 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
16006 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
16007 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
16009 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
16010 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
16011 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
16012 \"s gives German sharp s.
16013 /a gives a with ring.
16014 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16015 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16016 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16017 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16019 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16020 and a negative argument disables it.
16022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16026 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16027 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16028 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16029 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18310 12084))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16032 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16034 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16035 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16042 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16043 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16048 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16049 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16050 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16051 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16054 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16056 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16057 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16058 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16059 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16060 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16062 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16064 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16065 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16066 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16067 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16068 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16070 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16072 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16073 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16074 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16075 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16076 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16078 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16080 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16081 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16082 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16083 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16084 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16086 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16088 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16089 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16090 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16091 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16093 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16095 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16096 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16097 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16098 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16100 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16102 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16103 Warn that format is read-only.
16105 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16107 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16108 Warn that format is write-only.
16110 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16112 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16113 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16120 ;;;;;; (18310 12084))
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16122 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16123 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16124 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16128 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16129 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16130 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16131 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16132 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16133 ;;;;;; (18339 17965))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16135 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16137 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16138 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16139 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16140 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16142 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16143 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16145 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16146 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16147 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16149 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16150 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16153 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16155 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16157 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16159 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16161 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16163 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16165 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16167 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16168 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16170 Each element of this list is also a list:
16172 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16173 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16175 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16176 nil means the default dictionary.
16178 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16180 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16182 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16183 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16184 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16185 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16186 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16187 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16188 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16189 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16190 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16192 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16193 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16194 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16195 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16196 for non-ASCII bytes.
16198 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16199 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16202 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16205 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16206 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16207 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16208 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16209 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16210 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16211 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16212 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16214 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16216 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16217 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16218 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16220 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16221 Key map for ispell menu.")
16223 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16224 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16225 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16226 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16228 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16230 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16232 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16234 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16236 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16237 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16238 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16239 Valid forms include:
16240 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16241 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16242 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16243 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16245 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16246 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16247 First list is used raw.
16248 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16250 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16251 for skipping in latex mode.")
16253 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16254 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16255 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16256 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16257 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16258 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16259 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16261 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16262 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16263 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16264 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16266 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16267 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16268 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16269 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16270 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16272 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16273 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16275 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16276 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16278 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16279 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16281 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16282 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16285 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16286 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16287 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16288 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16289 quit spell session exited.
16291 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16293 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16294 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16295 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16297 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16299 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16300 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16304 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16305 SPC: Accept word this time.
16306 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16307 `a': Accept word for this session.
16308 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16309 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16310 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16311 `?': Show these commands.
16312 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16313 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16314 the aborted check to be completed later.
16315 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16316 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16317 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16318 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16319 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16320 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16321 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16325 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16326 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16327 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16329 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16331 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16332 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16333 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16334 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16336 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16338 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16340 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16341 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16342 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16343 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16345 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16347 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16348 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16352 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16353 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16357 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16358 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16362 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16363 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16364 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16365 sequence inside of a word.
16367 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16369 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16371 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16372 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16376 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16377 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16378 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16379 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16381 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16382 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16383 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16384 available on the net.
16388 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16389 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16390 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16391 otherwise turn it off.
16393 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16394 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16396 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16397 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16401 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16402 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16403 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16404 Don't check included messages.
16406 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16407 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16408 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16410 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16411 in your .emacs file:
16412 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16413 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16414 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16415 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16417 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16418 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16419 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18307
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16429 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16430 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16431 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16432 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16433 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16434 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16436 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16438 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16439 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16440 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16441 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16442 `iswitchb' for details.
16444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16449 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16450 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16451 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18310 12088))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16454 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16459 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16460 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16461 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16462 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16463 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16464 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16465 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16466 necessary to represent OBJ.
16468 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16470 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16471 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16472 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16473 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16475 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16477 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16478 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16479 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16480 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16481 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16483 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16485 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16486 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16487 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16488 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16490 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16492 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16493 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16494 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16495 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16497 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16499 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16500 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16504 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16505 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16506 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16507 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16508 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16510 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16512 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16513 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16514 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16515 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16516 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16518 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16520 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16521 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16522 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16524 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16528 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16529 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18310 12041))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16532 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16533 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16534 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16535 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16537 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16540 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16542 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16543 Uninstall jka-compr.
16544 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16545 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16546 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16553 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16554 ;;;;;; (18339 17951))
16555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16557 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16558 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16559 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16560 decimal key must be specified.")
16562 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16564 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16565 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16566 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16567 decimal key must be specified.")
16569 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16571 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16572 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16573 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16574 decimal key must be specified.")
16576 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16578 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16579 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16580 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16581 decimal key must be specified.")
16583 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16585 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16586 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16587 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16588 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16589 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16593 -------------------------------------------------------------
16594 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16595 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16596 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16597 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16598 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16599 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16600 in the global and local keymaps.
16602 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16603 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16605 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16609 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16610 ;;;;;; (18310 12084))
16611 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16613 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16614 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16615 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16617 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16618 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16619 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16620 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16623 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16624 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16625 the context of text formatting.
16627 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18310
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16635 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16636 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16637 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16638 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16639 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16640 positions that contains the current selection.")
16642 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16643 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16644 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16645 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16646 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16647 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16648 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16650 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16654 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16655 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16656 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16657 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18310 12041))
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16659 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16660 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16661 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16662 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16663 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16664 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16665 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16667 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16668 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16669 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16670 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16671 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16673 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16675 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16676 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16677 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16679 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16680 defining the macro.
16682 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16683 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16684 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16686 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16687 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16691 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16692 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16693 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16694 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16695 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16698 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16699 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16700 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16704 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16705 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16706 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16708 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16709 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16710 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16711 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16713 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16714 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16716 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16718 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16719 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16720 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16722 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16725 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16726 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16728 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16729 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16730 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16732 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16733 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16737 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16738 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16739 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16740 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16742 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16744 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16745 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16746 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16747 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16749 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16750 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16752 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16754 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16755 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16756 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16758 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16762 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16763 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16764 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18339 17959))
16765 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16767 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16769 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16772 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16774 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16777 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16779 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16782 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16784 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16785 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16786 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16787 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16789 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16794 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18310 12088))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16797 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16798 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16799 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16801 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16808 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16809 ;;;;;; (18310 12105))
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16812 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16814 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16815 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16819 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16821 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16822 Start or resume an Lm game.
16823 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16824 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16826 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16827 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16828 none / 1 | yes | no
16833 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16834 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16835 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16841 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16842 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16843 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18339 17960))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16846 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16849 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16851 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16852 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16853 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16854 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16855 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16856 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16858 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16859 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16861 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16863 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16864 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16866 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16868 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16871 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16873 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16876 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16880 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16881 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16882 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18310 12084))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16885 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16886 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16887 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16888 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16890 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16892 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16893 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16894 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16896 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16898 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16899 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16900 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16904 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16905 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16906 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16907 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16909 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16913 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16914 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18340 21050))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16917 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16918 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16919 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16920 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16921 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16922 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16923 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16924 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16926 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16927 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16930 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16932 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16934 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16935 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16936 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16937 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16938 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16939 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16940 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16941 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16943 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16945 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16946 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16947 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16948 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16951 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16953 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16957 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16958 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18310 12103))
16959 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16961 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16962 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16963 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16964 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16966 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16968 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16969 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16972 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16974 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16975 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16976 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16977 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16978 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16981 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16982 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16983 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16984 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16985 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16987 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16988 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16989 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16990 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16991 slow to keep up with your typing.
16993 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16994 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16995 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16996 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16997 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16998 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
17000 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
17001 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
17002 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
17003 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
17005 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
17006 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
17007 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
17008 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
17010 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
17011 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
17012 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
17013 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
17014 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
17016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17018 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
17019 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
17025 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17026 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17029 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
17031 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
17033 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17034 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17040 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17041 ;;;;;; (18310 12042))
17042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17044 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17045 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17047 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17048 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17050 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17051 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17053 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
17054 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17055 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17056 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17057 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17058 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17059 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17060 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17061 and transmit saved text.
17064 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17065 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17069 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18310 12105))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17079 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17080 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17081 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17082 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17083 generations (this defaults to 1).
17085 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
17090 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18337 53159))
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17093 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
17094 Format used to display line numbers.
17095 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
17096 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
17097 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
17098 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
17100 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
17102 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17103 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
17105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17107 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17108 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17109 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17112 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17114 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17116 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17117 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
17118 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17119 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
17120 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18330
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17130 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17131 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17132 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17133 is nil, raise an error.
17135 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17136 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17137 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17138 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17139 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17140 defined by the library.
17142 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17143 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17144 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17145 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17146 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17149 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17150 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17151 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17152 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17154 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17159 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18310 12042))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17162 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17163 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17164 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17166 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17168 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17169 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17170 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17171 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17173 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17174 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17175 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17176 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17177 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17178 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17181 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17182 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17184 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17185 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17187 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17189 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17191 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17192 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17193 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17194 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17195 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17196 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17197 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17198 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17199 to constrain a big search.
17201 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17203 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17204 except that FILTER is not optional.
17206 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17210 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18324 26612))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17213 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17214 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17215 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17216 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17217 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17218 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17219 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17220 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17222 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17223 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17224 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17225 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17226 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17228 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17229 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17230 uses the current buffer.
17232 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18307
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17240 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17241 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18324
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17251 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17252 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17253 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17254 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17255 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17257 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17258 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17259 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17261 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17262 are indicated with a symbol.
17264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17269 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18335
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17273 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17275 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17277 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17278 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17279 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17281 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17282 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17284 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17285 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17286 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17287 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17288 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17289 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17290 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17292 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17294 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17295 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17296 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17297 switch on this list.
17298 See `lpr-command'.")
17300 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17302 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17303 *Name of program for printing a file.
17305 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17306 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17307 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17308 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17309 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17310 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17313 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17315 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17316 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17317 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17318 for customization of the printer command.
17322 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17323 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17325 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17326 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17327 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17328 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17330 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17331 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17333 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17334 for further customization of the printer command.
17338 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17339 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17340 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17341 for customization of the printer command.
17343 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17345 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17346 Paginate and print the region contents.
17348 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17349 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17350 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17351 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17353 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17354 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17356 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17357 for further customization of the printer command.
17359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17363 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17364 ;;;;;; (18333 58864))
17365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17367 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17368 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17369 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17371 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17375 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18310
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17379 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17380 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17381 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17383 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17389 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18310
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17393 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17394 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17401 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17402 ;;;;;; (18310 12064))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17405 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17406 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17407 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17408 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17409 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17411 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17416 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18310 12042))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17419 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17420 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17421 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17422 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17423 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17425 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17427 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17428 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17429 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17430 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17432 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17433 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17434 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17435 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17438 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17439 use this command, and then save the file.
17441 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17443 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17444 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17445 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17446 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17447 each time the macro executes.
17448 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17449 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17450 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17451 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17452 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17453 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17454 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17458 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17459 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17460 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17461 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17463 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17464 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17465 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17468 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17469 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17471 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17472 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17473 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17474 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17475 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17477 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17480 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17481 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17482 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17484 You could enter the names in this format:
17490 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17493 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17496 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17497 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17499 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17500 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17505 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18310 12089))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17508 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17509 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17510 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17511 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17512 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17513 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17515 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17516 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17517 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17518 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17519 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17521 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17522 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17523 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17526 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17528 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17529 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17531 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17535 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17536 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17537 ;;;;;; (18310 12089))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17540 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17541 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17545 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17550 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17551 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17553 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17555 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17556 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17557 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17560 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17566 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17567 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17568 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18310
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17572 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17573 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17574 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17575 often correct parser.")
17577 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17579 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17582 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17584 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17585 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17586 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17587 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17589 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17591 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17592 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17593 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17594 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17596 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17598 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17599 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17600 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17601 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17602 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17603 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17604 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17607 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17609 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17610 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17611 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17612 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17613 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17614 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17616 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17621 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18310
17623 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17625 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17626 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17627 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17630 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17632 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17634 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17635 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17639 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17640 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17644 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17645 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17646 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17648 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17650 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17651 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17652 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17654 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17659 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18310
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17663 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17664 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17665 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17667 If `parens', they look like:
17668 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17669 If `angles', they look like:
17670 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17672 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17674 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17675 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17676 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17677 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17678 their `Resent-' variants.
17680 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17681 removed from alias expansions.
17683 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17685 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17686 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17687 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17689 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17690 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17691 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17692 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17694 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17696 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17697 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17698 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17699 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17705 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17706 ;;;;;; (18310 12090))
17707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17709 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17710 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17711 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17712 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17718 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17719 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17720 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18310 12112))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17723 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17724 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17726 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17727 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17728 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17729 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17730 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17731 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17733 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17734 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17735 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17736 dependency, despite the colon.
17738 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17740 In the browser, use the following keys:
17742 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17744 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17746 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17747 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17749 `makefile-target-colon':
17750 The string that gets appended to all target names
17751 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17752 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17754 `makefile-macro-assign':
17755 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17756 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17757 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17758 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17759 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17760 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17762 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17763 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17764 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17766 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17767 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17769 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17770 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17771 up or down in the browser.
17773 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17774 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17776 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17777 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17779 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17780 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17781 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17782 has been selected in the browser.
17784 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17785 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17786 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17787 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17788 filenames are omitted.
17790 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17791 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17792 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17793 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17794 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17795 the backslash itself intact.
17796 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17797 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17799 `makefile-browser-hook':
17800 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17801 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17803 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17804 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17805 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17806 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17810 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17811 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17815 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17816 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17820 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17821 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17825 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17826 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17830 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17831 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17837 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18307
17839 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17841 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17842 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17843 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17849 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18310 12042))
17850 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17852 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17854 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17855 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17856 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17857 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17858 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17859 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17860 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17862 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17863 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17864 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17865 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17867 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17869 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17870 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17872 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17876 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18310 12042))
17877 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17879 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17880 Toggle Master mode.
17881 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17882 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17883 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17885 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17886 following commands:
17888 \\{master-mode-map}
17890 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17891 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17892 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17898 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17899 ;;;;;; (18310 12042))
17900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17902 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17903 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17904 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17907 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17909 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17911 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17912 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17913 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17914 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17915 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17917 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17918 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17924 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18310
17926 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17928 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17930 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17931 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17932 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17935 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17937 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17939 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17940 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17941 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17942 created in the future.
17943 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17944 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17950 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17951 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17952 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17953 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17954 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17955 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17956 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18329 52187))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17959 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17961 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17962 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17963 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17964 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17965 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17966 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17967 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17968 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17969 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17970 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17971 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17972 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17973 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17974 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17975 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17976 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17977 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17978 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17979 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17980 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17981 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17982 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17983 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17984 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17985 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17986 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17987 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17988 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17989 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17990 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17991 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17992 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17993 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17994 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17995 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17996 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17997 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17998 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18002 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18003 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18004 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18005 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18006 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
18010 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18011 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18013 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18015 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18016 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18018 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18021 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18023 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18025 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18026 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18027 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18029 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18031 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18032 Cancel an article you posted.
18033 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18037 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18038 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18039 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18040 header line with the old Message-ID.
18044 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18045 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18049 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18050 Forward the current message via mail.
18051 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18052 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18054 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18056 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18059 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18061 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18064 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18066 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18067 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18071 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18072 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18074 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18076 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18077 Re-mail the current message.
18078 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18079 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18084 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18085 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18087 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18089 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18090 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18092 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18094 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18095 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18097 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18099 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18100 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18102 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18104 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18105 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18106 Works by overstriking characters.
18107 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18108 which specify the range to operate on.
18110 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18112 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18113 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18114 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18115 which specify the range to operate on.
18117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18121 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18122 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
18123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18125 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18126 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18130 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18131 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18135 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18136 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18140 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18141 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18147 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18148 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18149 ;;;;;; (18310 12090))
18150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18152 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18153 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18154 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18158 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18159 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18160 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18161 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18162 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18163 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18164 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18166 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18168 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18169 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18170 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18171 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18172 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18174 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18175 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18177 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18180 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18181 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18182 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18183 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18185 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18186 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18188 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18193 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18194 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18310 12093))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18197 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18198 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18199 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18203 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18204 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18205 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18209 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18210 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18212 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18213 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18214 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18216 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18217 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18219 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18220 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18222 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18224 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18226 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18227 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18228 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18229 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18230 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18233 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18234 initial Subject field, respectively.
18236 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18237 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18240 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18243 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18245 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18246 Save draft and send message.
18248 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18249 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18250 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18253 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18254 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18255 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18257 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18258 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18259 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18260 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18261 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18262 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18264 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18265 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18269 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18270 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18272 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18273 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18274 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18275 delete the draft message.
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18310 12093))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18284 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18286 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18288 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18290 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18291 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18298 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18310 12093))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18301 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18302 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18303 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18305 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18306 the MH mail system.
18308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18310 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18311 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18312 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18314 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18315 the MH mail system.
18317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18319 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18320 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18322 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18323 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18324 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18327 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18328 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18329 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18332 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18336 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18337 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18338 can be used in several ways.
18340 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18341 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18342 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18343 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18347 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18348 The range must be nonempty.
18353 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18354 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18361 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18364 All of the messages.
18366 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18367 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18369 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18370 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18371 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18373 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18379 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18380 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18310 12042))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18383 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18384 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18385 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18386 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18387 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18388 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18389 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18390 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18391 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18392 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18393 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18397 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18398 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18399 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18400 to its second argument TM.
18402 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18407 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18310 12042))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18410 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18411 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18412 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18415 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18417 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18419 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18420 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18421 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18422 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18423 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18424 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18425 default indication.
18427 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18428 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18438 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18439 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18444 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18448 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18449 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (18339 17960))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18453 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18456 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18458 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18463 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18464 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18465 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18466 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18468 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18472 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18473 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18310 12078))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18476 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18477 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18479 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18481 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18482 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18483 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18484 the entire message.
18485 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18487 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18491 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18492 ;;;;;; (18310 12078))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18495 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18496 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18497 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18498 the entire message.
18499 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18501 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18505 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18506 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18310 12078))
18507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18509 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18510 Insert file contents of URL.
18511 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18513 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18515 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18516 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18518 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18522 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18523 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18310 12078))
18524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18526 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18527 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18528 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18529 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18530 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18532 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18534 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18535 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18536 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18538 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18543 ;;;;;; (18310 12079))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18546 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18549 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18551 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18554 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18558 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18559 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18560 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18310 12079))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18563 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18566 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18568 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18571 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18573 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18576 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18578 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18581 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18583 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18586 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18588 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18591 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18593 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18600 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18601 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18604 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18605 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18606 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18607 followed by the first character of the construct.
18609 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18610 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18611 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18612 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18613 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18614 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18615 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18616 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18617 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18618 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18619 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18620 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18621 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18624 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18625 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18626 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18633 ;;;;;; (18310 12105))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18636 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18637 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18639 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18641 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18642 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18644 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18648 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18310
18650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18652 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18653 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18654 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18657 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18659 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18661 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18662 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18663 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18664 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18666 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18668 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18670 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18672 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18673 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18674 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18675 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18676 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18677 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18679 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18680 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18681 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18682 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18683 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18685 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18686 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18688 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18689 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18691 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18693 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18694 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18695 primary selection and region.
18697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18701 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18310 12105))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18704 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18705 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18711 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18307 26228))
18712 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18714 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18715 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18716 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18719 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18721 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18723 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18725 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18726 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18727 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18733 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18734 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18735 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18736 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18737 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18738 ;;;;;; (18343 49081))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18741 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18742 Display a list of all character sets.
18744 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18745 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18746 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18747 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18749 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18750 but still shows the full information.
18754 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18755 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18756 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18758 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18759 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18760 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18761 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18762 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18764 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18767 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18769 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18771 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18772 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18774 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18776 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18777 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18779 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18781 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18782 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18784 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18785 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18787 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18788 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18789 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18790 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18791 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18792 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18793 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18794 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18795 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18796 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18797 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18798 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18799 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18800 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18801 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18802 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18806 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18807 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18811 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18812 Display a list of all coding systems.
18813 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18815 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18816 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18820 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18821 Display a list of all coding categories.
18825 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18826 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18827 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18829 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18831 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18832 Display information about FONTSET.
18833 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18835 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18837 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18838 Display a list of all fontsets.
18839 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18840 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18841 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18845 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18846 Display information about all input methods.
18850 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18851 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18853 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18854 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18855 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18856 system which uses fontsets).
18860 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18861 Location of UnicodeData file.
18862 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18863 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18864 looked up from it.")
18866 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18868 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18869 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18870 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18871 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18873 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18878 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18879 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18880 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18881 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18882 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18339 17955))
18883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18885 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18886 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18887 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18889 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18891 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18893 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18894 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18896 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18897 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18899 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18900 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18902 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18904 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18905 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18906 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18907 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18908 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18909 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18910 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18912 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18913 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18914 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18915 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18916 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18917 middle of a character in STR.
18919 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18920 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18922 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18923 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18924 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18925 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18926 defaults to \"...\".
18928 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18930 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18931 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18933 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18934 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18935 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18937 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18938 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18939 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18941 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18942 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18943 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18945 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18946 longer than KEYSEQ.
18947 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18949 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18951 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18952 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18953 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18954 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18955 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18956 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18957 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18958 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18959 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18960 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18961 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18963 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18965 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18966 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18968 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18970 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18971 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18973 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18975 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18976 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18978 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18980 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18981 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18983 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18985 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18986 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18987 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18988 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18989 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18991 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18993 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18994 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18995 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18996 coding systems ordered by priority.
18998 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19000 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19001 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19002 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19003 language environment LANG-ENV.
19005 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19007 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19008 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19009 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19010 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19011 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19012 basis, this may not be accurate.
19014 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19019 ;;;;;; (18310 12043))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19022 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19023 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19024 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19027 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19029 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
19031 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
19032 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19033 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19034 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
19039 Enable mouse wheel support.
19041 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19045 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19046 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19047 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19048 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18310 12095))
19049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19051 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19052 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19054 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19056 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19058 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19059 `ping-program-options'.
19063 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
19064 Run ipconfig program.
19068 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
19070 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19071 Run netstat program.
19075 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19076 Run the arp program.
19080 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19081 Run the route program.
19085 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19086 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19090 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19091 Run nslookup program.
19095 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19096 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19100 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19105 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19110 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19111 Finger USER on HOST.
19113 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19115 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19116 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19117 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19118 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19120 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19122 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19127 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19128 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19130 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19132 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19133 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19135 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19139 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19140 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19141 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19142 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19143 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19144 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18310 12043))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19147 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19149 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19151 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19153 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19155 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19156 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19157 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19158 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19159 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19160 Major modes should set this variable.")
19162 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19163 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19164 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19165 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19166 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19167 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19169 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19170 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19172 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19173 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19174 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19176 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19177 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19178 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19179 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19180 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19182 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19183 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19184 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19186 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19187 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19188 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19189 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19191 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19192 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19193 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19194 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19195 column indentation or nil.
19196 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19198 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19199 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19200 The function has no args.
19202 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19203 comments always start in column zero.")
19205 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19206 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19207 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19209 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19211 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19212 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19213 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19214 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19216 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19217 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19219 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19221 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19222 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19223 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19224 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19225 customize this variable.
19227 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19228 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19230 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19232 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19233 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19234 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19235 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19236 the variables are properly set.
19238 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19240 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19241 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19245 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19246 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19247 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19249 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19251 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19252 Set the comment column based on point.
19253 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19254 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19255 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19256 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19260 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19261 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19262 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19266 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19267 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19268 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19271 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19273 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19274 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19275 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19276 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19277 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19278 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19279 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19280 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19282 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19283 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19285 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19287 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19288 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19289 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19290 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19292 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19294 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19295 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19296 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19297 is passed on to the respective function.
19299 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19301 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19302 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19303 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19304 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19305 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19306 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19307 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19308 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19309 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19310 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19314 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19315 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19316 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19318 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19320 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19321 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19322 This indents the body of the continued comment
19323 under the previous comment line.
19325 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19326 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19327 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19329 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19330 or comment indentation.
19332 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19333 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19335 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19339 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19340 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19341 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18310 12096))
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19344 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19345 Check whether newsticker is running.
19346 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19347 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19351 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19352 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19353 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19354 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19359 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19360 Start the newsticker.
19361 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19362 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19363 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19364 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19366 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19368 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19369 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19370 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19375 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19376 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19382 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19383 ;;;;;; (18310 12079))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19386 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19387 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19389 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18310
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19397 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19398 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19399 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19400 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19401 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19402 symbol in the alist.
19404 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19409 ;;;;;; (18310 12079))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19412 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19413 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19414 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19420 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19421 ;;;;;; (18310 12080))
19422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19424 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19425 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19426 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19432 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19433 ;;;;;; (18310 12080))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19436 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19437 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19439 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19443 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19444 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18310 12081))
19445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19447 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19448 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19452 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19453 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19457 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19458 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19464 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19465 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18310 12043))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19468 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19469 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19470 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19472 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19474 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19477 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19479 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19480 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19481 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19482 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19483 to future sessions.
19485 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19488 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19489 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19490 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19491 to future sessions.
19493 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19497 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19498 ;;;;;; (18310 12118))
19499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19501 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19502 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19504 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19505 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19506 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19512 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19513 ;;;;;; (18310 12100))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19516 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19517 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19518 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19519 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19521 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19525 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18324
19527 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19529 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19530 Major mode for editing XML.
19532 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19533 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19535 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19536 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19537 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19538 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19539 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19540 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19541 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19543 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19545 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19546 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19548 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19549 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19550 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19551 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19554 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19555 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19556 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19557 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19558 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19559 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19561 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19562 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19563 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19565 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19566 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19567 inserts the character directly.
19569 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19570 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19571 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19572 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19573 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19574 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19575 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19576 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19577 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19579 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19581 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19582 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19588 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19589 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18312 40673))
19590 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19592 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19593 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19594 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19595 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19601 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19602 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
19603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19605 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19606 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19607 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19608 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19609 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19615 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19616 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
19617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19619 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19620 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19621 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19623 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19625 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19626 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19628 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19629 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19630 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19634 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19638 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19639 ;;;;;; (18310 12112))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19642 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19643 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19645 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19646 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19647 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19648 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19650 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19651 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19652 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19653 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19654 is why you need this mode!).
19656 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19657 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19658 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19660 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19665 \\{octave-mode-map}
19667 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19668 ==============================================
19670 `octave-auto-indent'
19671 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19674 `octave-auto-newline'
19675 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19678 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19679 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19680 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19682 `octave-block-offset'
19683 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19686 `octave-continuation-offset'
19687 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19690 `octave-continuation-string'
19691 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19692 Default is a backslash.
19694 `octave-send-echo-input'
19695 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19696 command to the inferior Octave process.
19698 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19699 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19700 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19702 `octave-send-echo-input'
19703 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19705 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19707 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19708 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19710 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19712 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19713 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19715 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19718 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19720 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19721 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19722 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19723 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19729 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19730 ;;;;;; (18310 12103))
19731 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19733 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19734 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19735 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19739 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19740 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19741 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19742 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19743 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19745 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19751 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19752 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
19753 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files
19754 ;;;;;; org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv
19755 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler
19756 ;;;;;; org-remember org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19757 ;;;;;; org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19758 ;;;;;; org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-run-like-in-org-mode
19759 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19760 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18329 52192))
19761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19763 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19764 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19765 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19767 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19768 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19769 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19770 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19771 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19772 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19773 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19774 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19775 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19776 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19778 The following commands are available:
19784 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19785 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19787 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19788 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19789 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19790 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19791 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19793 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19794 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19795 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19796 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19797 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19798 and zoom in further.
19799 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19801 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19802 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19803 is negative, go up that many levels.
19805 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19806 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19807 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19809 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19810 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19811 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19816 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19820 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19821 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19822 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19823 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19824 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19827 M-up Move entry/item up
19828 M-down Move entry/item down
19831 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19832 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19833 M-S-left Promote subtree
19834 M-S-right Demote subtree
19835 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19837 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19838 TAB Cycle item visibility
19839 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19840 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19841 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19845 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19846 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19850 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19851 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19852 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19853 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19854 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19858 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19861 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19863 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19864 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19868 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19869 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19873 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19874 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19875 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19876 \\[org-insert-link].
19877 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19878 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19879 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19883 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19884 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19885 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19889 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19890 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19891 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19896 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org" "\
19897 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19901 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19902 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19903 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19904 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19905 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19909 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19910 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19911 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19912 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19914 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19916 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19917 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19918 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19919 of the remember buffer.
19921 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19922 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19923 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19924 note stored by remember.
19926 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19927 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19929 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19932 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19933 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19934 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19935 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19936 file the text at a specific location.
19937 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19938 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19939 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19941 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19942 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19943 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19944 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19945 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19946 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19947 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19948 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19950 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19951 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19952 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19953 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19954 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19955 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19957 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19958 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19959 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19961 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19962 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19963 \(i.e. after the stars).
19965 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19969 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19970 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19971 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19972 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19974 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19975 regular expression to filter results.
19977 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19978 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19980 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19981 (category \"Work\"))
19983 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19984 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19986 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19988 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19989 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19990 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19991 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19993 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19994 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19995 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19996 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19997 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19998 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19999 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20000 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20001 e Export views to associated files.
20003 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20004 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20005 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20007 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20008 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20009 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20010 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20013 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
20016 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20017 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20018 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20019 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20020 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20021 before running the agenda command.
20023 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20025 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
20026 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20027 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20028 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20029 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20030 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20031 before running the agenda command.
20033 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20034 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20036 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20038 category The category of the item
20039 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20040 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20041 todo selected in TODO match
20042 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20043 diary imported from diary
20044 deadline a deadline on given date
20045 scheduled scheduled on given date
20046 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20047 closed entry was closed on given date
20048 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20049 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20050 block entry has date block including g. date
20051 todo The todo keyword, if any
20052 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20053 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20054 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20055 extra Sting with extra planning info
20056 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20057 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20058 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20060 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20062 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20065 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20068 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20070 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20072 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20073 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20074 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20075 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20079 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
20080 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20081 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20082 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20084 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
20085 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
20086 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
20089 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20090 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
20091 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
20093 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20094 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20096 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
20098 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
20099 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20100 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20101 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20102 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20103 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20107 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
20108 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20109 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20111 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20113 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org" "\
20114 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20115 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20116 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20117 `org-stuck-projects'.
20118 MATCH is being ignored.
20120 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20122 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
20123 Return diary information from org-files.
20124 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20125 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20126 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20127 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20129 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20130 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20131 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20133 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20135 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20136 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20137 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20138 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20140 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20141 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20142 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20144 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20145 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20146 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20147 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20149 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20151 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20153 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20154 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20158 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20159 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20160 So the example above may also be written as
20162 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20164 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20165 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20166 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20168 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20170 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20171 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20172 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20173 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20177 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20178 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20179 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20180 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20184 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20185 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20186 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20192 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20193 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20194 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20195 ;;;;;; (18324 26617))
20196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20198 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20199 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20201 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20202 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20203 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20207 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20208 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20209 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20213 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20214 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20215 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20216 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20217 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20218 then use this command to convert it.
20220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20222 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20223 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20224 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20225 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20226 cut-and-paste operations.
20227 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20228 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20229 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20230 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20232 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20234 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20235 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20237 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20240 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20241 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20242 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20243 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20244 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20245 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20246 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20247 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20248 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20249 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20250 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20251 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20252 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20253 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20254 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20256 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20260 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20261 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18324
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20265 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20266 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20268 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20270 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20271 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20272 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20274 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20276 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20277 Publish the current file.
20278 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20280 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20282 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20283 Publish all projects.
20284 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20286 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20290 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20291 ;;;;;; (18329 52182))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20293 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20295 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20296 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20297 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20298 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20300 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20301 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20302 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20303 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20305 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20306 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20307 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20308 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20309 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20310 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20312 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20313 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20314 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20316 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20317 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20318 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20319 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20320 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20321 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20322 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20323 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20324 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20325 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20326 The subheadings remain visible.
20327 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20329 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20330 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20331 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20333 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20334 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20338 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20339 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20340 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20341 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18310
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20350 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20351 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20352 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20353 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20354 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20355 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20356 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20357 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20358 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18310 12043))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20365 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20366 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20367 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20369 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20370 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20372 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20374 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20375 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20376 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20377 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20379 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20380 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20386 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20387 ;;;;;; (18310 12059))
20388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20390 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20391 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20392 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20393 unknown are returned as nil.
20395 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20399 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18329
20401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20403 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20404 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20405 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20407 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20408 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20410 Other useful functions are:
20412 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20413 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20414 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20415 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20416 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20417 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20418 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20419 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20420 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20422 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20424 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20425 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20426 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20427 Indentation for case statements.
20428 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20429 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20431 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20432 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20433 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20434 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20435 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20436 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20437 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20438 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20439 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20440 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20442 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20443 pascal-separator-keywords.
20445 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20446 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20452 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20453 ;;;;;; (18310 12066))
20454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20456 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20457 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20458 The keys affected are:
20459 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20460 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20461 M-Backspace does undo.
20462 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20463 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20464 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20470 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20471 ;;;;;; (18310 12066))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20474 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20475 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20476 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20478 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20479 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20481 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20483 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20484 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20486 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20488 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20489 which modify the status of the mark.
20491 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20492 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20494 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20495 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20497 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20498 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20499 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20500 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20501 turning PC Selection mode on.
20503 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20504 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20506 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20507 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20508 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20510 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20511 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20512 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20514 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20515 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20517 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20518 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20519 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20521 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20522 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20523 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20529 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20530 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20537 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18310
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20542 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20548 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20549 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18310 12044))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20553 Completion for `gzip'.
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20558 Completion for `bzip2'.
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20563 Completion for GNU `make'.
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20568 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20572 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20576 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20577 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18310 12044))
20578 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20580 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20581 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20585 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20586 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20591 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20597 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18310
20599 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20602 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20603 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20604 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20605 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20606 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20613 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20614 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18310 12044))
20615 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20618 Completion for `cd'.
20622 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20625 Completion for `rmdir'.
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20630 Completion for `rm'.
20634 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20635 Completion for `xargs'.
20639 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20642 Completion for `which'.
20646 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20647 Completion for the `chown' command.
20651 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20652 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20658 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20659 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20660 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18310
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20664 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20665 Support extensible programmable completion.
20666 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20667 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20669 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20672 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20676 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20677 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20678 This will modify the current buffer.
20682 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20683 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20687 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20688 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20689 This will modify the current buffer.
20693 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20694 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20698 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20699 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20703 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20704 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20705 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20706 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20707 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20709 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20711 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20712 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20719 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20720 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18324 26612))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20723 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20724 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20725 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20726 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20728 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20730 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20732 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20733 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20734 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20735 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20736 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20737 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20740 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20742 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20743 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20744 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20745 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20746 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20747 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20748 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20749 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20751 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20753 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20754 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20755 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20756 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20757 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20758 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20759 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20762 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20764 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20765 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20766 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20767 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20768 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20769 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20770 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20772 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20774 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20776 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20777 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20778 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20780 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20782 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20783 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20784 A value of nil means never do it.
20785 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20786 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20787 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20789 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20791 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20792 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20793 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18329 52182))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20800 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20804 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20805 ;;;;;; (18339 17963))
20806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20807 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20808 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20809 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20810 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20811 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20812 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20814 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20815 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20816 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20817 Tab indents for Perl code.
20818 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20819 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20820 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20822 Variables controlling indentation style:
20823 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20824 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20825 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20826 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20827 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20828 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20829 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20831 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20832 `perl-indent-level'
20833 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20834 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20835 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20836 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20837 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20838 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20839 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20840 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20841 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20842 `perl-brace-offset'
20843 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20844 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20845 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20846 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20847 `perl-label-offset'
20848 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20849 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20850 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20852 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20853 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20854 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20855 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20856 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20857 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20858 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20860 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20866 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20867 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20868 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20869 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18310 12045))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20872 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20873 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20875 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20877 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20878 passphrase cache or user.
20880 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20883 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20885 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20888 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20890 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20891 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20893 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20896 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20897 passphrase cache or user.
20899 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20901 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20902 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20904 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20906 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20909 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20910 passphrase cache or user.
20912 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20914 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20915 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20917 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20918 passphrase cache or user.
20920 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20922 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20923 Decrypt the current buffer.
20925 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20928 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20929 passphrase cache or user.
20931 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20933 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20934 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20936 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20937 a detached signature.
20939 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20940 and the output is displayed.
20942 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20943 passphrase cache or user.
20945 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20947 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20948 Sign the current buffer.
20950 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20951 detached signature.
20953 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20956 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20957 and the output is displayed.
20959 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20960 passphrase cache or user.
20962 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20964 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20965 Verify the current region between START and END.
20966 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20967 the detached signature of the current region.
20969 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20970 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20972 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20974 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20975 Verify the current buffer.
20976 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20977 the detached signature of the current region.
20978 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20979 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20980 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20983 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20985 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20986 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20990 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20991 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20995 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20996 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21002 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21003 ;;;;;; (18310 12045))
21004 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21006 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21007 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21009 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21013 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21014 ;;;;;; (18310 12119))
21015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21017 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21018 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21019 \\<picture-mode-map>
21020 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21021 afterwards settable by these commands:
21023 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21024 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21025 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21026 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21028 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21029 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21030 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21031 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21033 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21034 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21035 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21036 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21038 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21039 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21040 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21041 with these commands:
21043 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21044 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21045 Move to column following last
21046 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21047 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21048 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21049 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21050 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21051 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21053 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21055 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21056 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21057 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21058 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21059 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21060 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21062 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21063 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21064 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21065 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21066 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21067 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21068 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21070 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21071 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21072 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21073 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21074 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21075 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21076 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21077 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21079 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21080 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21081 by supplying an argument.
21083 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21085 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21086 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21090 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21094 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21095 ;;;;;; (18310 12119))
21096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21098 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21099 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21100 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21102 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18310 12105))
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21109 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21110 Play pong and waste time.
21111 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21112 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21114 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21122 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
21123 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18310 12064))
21124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21126 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21127 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21128 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21129 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21131 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21133 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21134 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21138 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21139 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21140 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21141 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21142 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21144 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21146 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21147 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21148 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21150 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21153 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21154 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21155 Ignores leading comment characters.
21161 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21162 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21163 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21164 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21165 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21166 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21167 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21168 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21169 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21170 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21171 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21172 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21173 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21174 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21175 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21176 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21177 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21178 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21179 ;;;;;; (18310 12045))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21182 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21183 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21185 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21187 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21189 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21191 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21192 Preview directory using ghostview.
21194 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21195 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21196 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21197 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21199 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21200 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21201 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21202 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21203 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21206 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21208 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21211 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21213 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21214 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21215 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21216 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21218 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21219 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21220 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21221 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21222 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21225 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21227 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21230 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21232 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21233 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21234 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21235 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21237 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21238 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21239 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21240 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21241 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21244 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21246 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21249 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21251 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21253 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21254 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21255 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21256 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21258 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21259 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21260 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21261 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21262 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21265 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21267 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21270 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21272 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21273 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21274 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21276 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21277 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21278 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21279 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21281 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21284 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21286 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21287 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21288 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21290 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21291 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21292 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21293 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21295 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21298 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21300 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21301 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21302 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21304 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21305 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21306 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21307 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21309 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21312 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21314 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21316 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21317 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21318 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21320 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21321 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21322 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21323 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21325 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21328 Preview region using ghostview.
21330 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21332 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21335 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21337 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21342 Print region using PostScript printer.
21344 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21346 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21349 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21351 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21353 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21355 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21356 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21358 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21360 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21363 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21365 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21367 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21370 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21372 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21374 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21377 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21379 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21381 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21384 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21385 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21386 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21388 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21391 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21392 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21394 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21396 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21398 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21399 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21400 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21401 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21405 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21406 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21407 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21408 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21412 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21413 Print directory using text printer.
21415 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21418 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21419 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21421 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21423 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21426 Print buffer using text printer.
21430 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21431 Print region using text printer.
21435 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21436 Print major mode using text printer.
21440 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21441 Preview spooled PostScript.
21443 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21444 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21445 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21447 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21448 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21449 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21451 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21454 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21456 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21457 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21458 instead of sending it to the printer.
21460 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21461 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21462 image in a file with that name.
21464 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21467 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21469 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21470 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21471 instead of sending it to the printer.
21473 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21474 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21475 image in a file with that name.
21477 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21480 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21482 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21483 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21484 instead of sending it to the printer.
21486 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21487 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21488 image in a file with that name.
21490 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21493 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21495 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21498 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21500 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21502 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21503 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21505 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21508 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21510 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21512 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21513 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21515 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21517 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21518 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21520 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21521 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21522 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21523 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21525 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21526 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21527 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21528 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21529 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21530 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21533 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21536 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21540 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21541 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21543 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21545 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21551 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21556 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21560 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21561 Toggle printing with faces.
21565 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21570 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21575 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21578 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21580 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21585 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21590 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21591 Toggle upside-down.
21595 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21596 Toggle line number.
21600 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21601 Toggle zebra stripes.
21605 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21606 Toggle printing header.
21610 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21611 Toggle printing header frame.
21615 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21620 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21621 Toggle auto region.
21625 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21630 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21631 Customization of the `printing' group.
21633 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21635 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21636 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21638 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21641 Help for the printing package.
21643 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21646 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21650 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21651 Interactively select a text printer.
21655 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21656 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21660 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21661 Show current ps-print settings.
21663 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21666 Show current printing settings.
21668 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21671 Show current lpr settings.
21673 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21676 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21678 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21679 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21680 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21681 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21684 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21686 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21687 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21688 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21690 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21691 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21692 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21693 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21694 current active printer.
21696 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21697 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21698 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21701 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21702 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21703 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21704 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21705 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21708 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21709 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21711 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21713 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21714 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21715 be done using the new current active printer.
21717 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21718 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21721 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21722 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21723 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21724 instead of sending it to the printer.
21726 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21727 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21730 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21733 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21736 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21738 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21739 Fast fire function for text printing.
21741 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21742 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21743 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21744 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21746 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21747 user for a new active text printer.
21749 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21751 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21753 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21754 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21757 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21759 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21762 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21766 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21767 ;;;;;; (18310 12113))
21768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21770 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21771 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21772 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21774 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21775 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21776 if that value is non-nil.
21780 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21782 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21783 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21784 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21786 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18340 21050))
21791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21793 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21794 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21795 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21799 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18310
21801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21803 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21804 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21806 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21808 The following variables hold user options, and can
21809 be set through the `customize' command:
21811 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21813 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21814 `ps-mode-print-function'
21816 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21820 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21823 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21829 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21830 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21831 The keymap for this second window is:
21833 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21836 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21837 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21838 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21839 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21840 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21847 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21848 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21849 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21850 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21851 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18340
21853 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21855 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21856 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21857 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21859 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21861 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21862 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21863 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21864 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21866 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21868 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21869 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21873 nil Do not print colors.
21877 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21878 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21880 Any other value is treated as t.")
21882 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21884 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21885 Customization of ps-print group.
21889 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21890 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21892 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21893 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21894 sending it to the printer.
21896 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21897 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21898 image in a file with that name.
21900 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21902 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21903 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21904 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21905 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21906 so it has a way to determine color values.
21908 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21910 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21911 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21912 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21914 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21916 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21917 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21918 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21919 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21920 so it has a way to determine color values.
21922 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21924 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21925 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21926 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21927 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21929 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21933 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21934 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21935 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21936 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21937 so it has a way to determine color values.
21939 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21943 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21944 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21945 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21947 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21949 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21952 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21953 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21954 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21955 so it has a way to determine color values.
21957 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21959 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21962 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21964 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21965 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21966 instead of sending it to the printer.
21968 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21969 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21970 image in a file with that name.
21972 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21974 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21975 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21976 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21977 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21978 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21982 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21983 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21984 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21986 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21988 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21989 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21990 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21992 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21994 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21995 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21999 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22000 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22002 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22003 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22005 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22006 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22008 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22010 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22012 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22014 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22015 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22017 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22018 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22020 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22021 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22023 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22025 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22027 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22029 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22030 foreground and background colors respectively.
22032 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22033 bold - use bold font.
22034 italic - use italic font.
22035 underline - put a line under text.
22036 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22037 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22038 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22039 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22040 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22042 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22044 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22048 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
22049 ;;;;;; (18324 26616))
22050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22052 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22054 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22056 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22058 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22059 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22060 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22061 buffer automatically.
22063 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22064 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22065 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22066 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22067 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22068 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22069 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22071 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22072 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22073 buffer for a list of commands.)
22075 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22077 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22078 Major mode for editing Python files.
22079 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
22080 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22081 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22082 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22084 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22085 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22086 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22087 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22088 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22089 \\<python-mode-map>
22090 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22091 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22092 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22093 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22094 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22095 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22097 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22098 effect outside them.
22100 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22101 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22102 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22103 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22104 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22105 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22106 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22107 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22108 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22110 \\{python-mode-map}
22114 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22115 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22116 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22117 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22123 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22124 ;;;;;; (18310 12082))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22127 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22128 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22129 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22132 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22133 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22135 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22136 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22137 them into characters should be done separately.
22139 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22143 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22144 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22145 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22146 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22147 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18339 17956))
22148 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22150 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22151 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22155 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22156 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22157 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22159 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22160 `quail-activate', which see.
22162 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22164 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22165 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22166 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22167 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22168 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22169 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22170 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22172 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22173 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22174 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22175 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22176 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22178 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22180 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22181 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22182 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22183 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22184 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22185 list of candidates.
22187 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22188 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22189 command to be called.
22191 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22192 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22193 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22194 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22196 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22197 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22198 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22199 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22200 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22203 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22204 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22205 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22206 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22208 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22209 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22210 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22211 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22213 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22214 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22215 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22216 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22217 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22218 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22220 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22221 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22222 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22223 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22224 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22225 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22227 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22228 covers Quail translation region.
22230 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22231 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22232 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22233 for it) is inserted.
22235 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22236 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22237 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22239 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22240 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22241 non-Quail commands.
22243 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22245 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22246 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22248 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22249 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22250 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22251 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22252 you type is correctly handled.
22254 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22256 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22257 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22259 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22262 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22264 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22265 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22266 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22267 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22268 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22269 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22272 for the translation.
22273 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22275 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22276 it is used to handle KEY.
22278 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22279 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22280 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22281 the following annotation types are supported.
22283 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22284 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22286 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22289 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22290 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22291 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22294 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22295 generated for the following translations.
22297 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22299 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22300 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22302 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22303 which to install MAP.
22305 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22307 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22309 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22310 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22312 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22313 which to install MAP.
22315 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22317 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22319 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22320 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22321 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22322 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22323 a function, or a cons.
22324 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22325 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22326 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22327 for the translation.
22328 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22329 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22330 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22331 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22332 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22334 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22335 it is used to handle KEY.
22337 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22338 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22339 current Quail package.
22341 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22342 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22344 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22346 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22347 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22349 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22350 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22352 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22354 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22355 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22357 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22359 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22360 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22361 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22362 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22363 of the Emacs source tree.
22365 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22366 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22368 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22369 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22372 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22376 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22377 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22378 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18310
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22382 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22383 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22384 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22385 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22387 To make use of this do something like:
22389 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22391 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22393 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22394 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22396 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22397 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22398 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22400 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22402 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22403 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22405 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22407 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22408 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22410 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22413 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22415 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22416 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22418 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22419 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22420 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22422 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22424 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22425 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22427 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22429 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22430 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22434 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22435 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22437 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22439 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22443 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22444 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22450 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22451 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18310 12096))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22454 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22455 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22457 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22459 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22463 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22465 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22468 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22470 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22471 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22472 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22474 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22475 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22477 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22479 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22480 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22486 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18339
22488 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22490 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22491 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22494 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22499 ;;;;;; (18310 12064))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22502 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22504 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22505 Construct a regexp interactively.
22511 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18310 12046))
22512 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22514 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22515 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22516 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22518 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22519 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22521 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22523 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22524 Toggle recentf mode.
22525 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22526 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22528 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22529 that were operated on recently.
22531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22535 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22536 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22537 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22538 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18310
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22542 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22543 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22544 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22545 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22547 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22549 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22551 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22552 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22553 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22554 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22558 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22563 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22564 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22565 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22567 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22568 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22571 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22573 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22574 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22575 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22577 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22579 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22580 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22582 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22583 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22585 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22588 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22589 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22590 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22591 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22594 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22596 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22597 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22601 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22602 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22603 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22604 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22605 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22606 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22607 and point is at the lower right corner.
22609 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22611 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22612 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22614 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22615 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22617 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22618 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22619 on the right side of the rectangle.
22621 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22623 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22625 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22626 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22627 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22628 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22629 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22631 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22632 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22634 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22636 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22637 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22638 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22640 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22642 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22644 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22646 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22647 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22649 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22650 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22651 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22653 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22655 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22656 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22657 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22659 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22660 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22661 rectangle which were empty.
22663 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22667 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18310
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22671 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22672 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22673 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22675 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22676 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22677 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22684 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18310 12121))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22687 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22688 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22692 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22693 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22695 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22696 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22698 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22699 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22700 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22703 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22704 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22705 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22707 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22708 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22709 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22711 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22712 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22714 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22715 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22717 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22718 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22721 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22725 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22726 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22727 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22733 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22734 ;;;;;; (18310 12120))
22735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22737 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22738 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22739 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22740 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22741 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22742 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22744 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22746 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22748 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22749 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22750 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22751 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22752 `reftex-cite-format'.
22754 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22755 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22756 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22757 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22759 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22763 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22764 ;;;;;; (18310 12120))
22765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22767 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22768 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22769 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22770 the current TeX document.
22772 With no argument, this command toggles
22773 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22774 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22781 ;;;;;; (18329 52192))
22782 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22784 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22785 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22786 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22788 To insert new phrases, use
22789 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22790 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22792 To index phrases use one of:
22794 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22795 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22796 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22797 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22798 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22800 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22801 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22803 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22805 Here are all local bindings.
22807 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22813 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22814 ;;;;;; (18310 12120))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22817 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22818 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22819 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22822 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18310
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22829 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22830 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22831 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22832 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22836 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22837 ;;;;;; (18339 17951))
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22840 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22841 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22842 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22843 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22844 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22845 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22847 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22848 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22850 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22853 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22855 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22856 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22857 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22858 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22860 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22864 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22865 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22866 ;;;;;; (18310 12121))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22869 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22870 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22871 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22872 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22874 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22876 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22878 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22879 Call `remember' in another frame.
22881 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22883 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22884 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22885 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22890 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22891 Extract diary entries from the region.
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18324 26612))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22900 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22901 Repeat most recently executed command.
22902 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22903 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22904 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22906 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22907 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22908 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22909 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22911 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22912 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22913 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22915 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22919 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22920 ;;;;;; (18310 12090))
22921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22923 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22924 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22926 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22927 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22928 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22929 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22930 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22931 and point is left after the salutation.
22933 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22934 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22935 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22936 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22937 left after that text.
22939 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22942 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22943 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22944 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22945 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22947 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22951 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22952 ;;;;;; (18310 12046))
22953 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22955 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22956 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22957 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22958 visibility of comments that precede it.
22959 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22960 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22961 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22962 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22963 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22964 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22965 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22966 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22968 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22969 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22970 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22971 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22972 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22978 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18310
22980 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22982 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22983 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22989 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22990 ;;;;;; (18310 12046))
22991 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22993 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22994 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22995 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22997 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22998 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22999 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23003 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23004 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23005 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23008 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23010 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23012 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23013 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23014 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23016 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23017 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23018 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23024 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23025 ;;;;;; (18310 12064))
23026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23028 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23029 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23033 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23034 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23036 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23040 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18310 12096))
23041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23042 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23044 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23045 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23046 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23047 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23049 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23051 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23052 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23053 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23054 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23056 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23057 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23059 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23060 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23062 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23063 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23066 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23067 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23068 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23069 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23070 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23072 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23073 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23074 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23075 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23077 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23078 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23081 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23085 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23086 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23087 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23088 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23089 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
23090 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23091 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18339
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23095 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23096 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23097 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23099 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23101 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23102 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23103 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23104 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23106 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23108 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23109 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23110 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23111 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23112 value is the user's email address and name.)
23113 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23115 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23116 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23117 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23118 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23119 which normally happens once for each message,
23120 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23121 To make a change in this variable take effect
23122 for a message that you have already viewed,
23123 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23125 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23127 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23128 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23129 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23130 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23132 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23134 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23135 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23137 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23139 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23140 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23141 A value of nil means don't highlight.
23142 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
23144 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23146 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
23147 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
23149 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
23151 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23152 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23154 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23156 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23157 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23158 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23159 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23160 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23162 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23164 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23165 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23166 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23167 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23169 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23171 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23172 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23174 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23176 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23177 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23179 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23181 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23182 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23184 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23186 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23187 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23189 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23190 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23192 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23193 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23195 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23197 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23198 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23200 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23201 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23202 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23203 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23205 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23206 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23208 This is set to nil by default.")
23210 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23211 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23212 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23213 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23214 until a user explicitly requires it.
23216 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23217 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23220 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23222 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23223 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23224 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23225 It is called with no argument.")
23227 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23228 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23229 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23230 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23231 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23232 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23233 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23235 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23236 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23237 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23238 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23239 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23240 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23242 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23243 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23244 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23245 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23246 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23248 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23249 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23250 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23251 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23252 MSG is the message number,
23253 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23254 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23256 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23257 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23258 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23259 this feature is required with `require'.
23261 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23262 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23264 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23265 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23266 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23267 the message is decoded as normal way.
23269 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23270 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23271 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23273 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23274 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23275 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23277 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23278 Read and edit incoming mail.
23279 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23280 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23281 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23283 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23284 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23285 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23286 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23288 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23290 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23292 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23293 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23294 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23295 Instead, these commands are available:
23297 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23298 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23299 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23300 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23301 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23302 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23303 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23304 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23305 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23306 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23307 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23308 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23309 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23310 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23311 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23312 till a deleted message is found.
23313 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23314 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23315 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23316 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23317 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23318 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23319 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23320 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23321 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23322 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23323 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23324 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23325 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23326 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23327 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23328 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23329 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23330 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23331 (label defaults to last one specified).
23332 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23333 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23334 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23335 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23336 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23337 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23338 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23339 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23340 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23344 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23345 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23347 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23349 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23350 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23352 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23356 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23357 ;;;;;; (18310 12091))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23360 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23361 Edit the contents of this message.
23367 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23368 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23369 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18310 12091))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23372 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23373 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23374 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23376 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23378 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23379 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23380 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23382 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23384 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23387 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23389 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23390 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23391 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23392 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23393 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23395 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23397 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23398 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23399 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23400 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23401 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23403 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23407 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23408 ;;;;;; (18310 12091))
23409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23411 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23412 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23413 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23414 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23416 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23420 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23421 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23422 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18310 12091))
23423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23425 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23426 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23427 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23428 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23429 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23430 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23431 a file name as a string.")
23433 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23435 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23436 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23437 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23438 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23439 buffer visiting that file.
23440 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23441 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23443 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23444 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23446 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23447 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23449 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23450 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23452 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23454 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23455 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23457 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23459 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23460 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23461 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23462 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23463 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23465 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23466 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23467 will be appended with their original headers.
23469 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23470 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23472 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23473 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23475 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23477 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23479 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23480 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23481 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23483 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23487 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23488 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23489 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18310
23491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23493 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23494 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23495 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23497 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23499 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23500 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23501 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23503 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23505 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23506 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23507 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23509 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23511 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23512 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23513 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23515 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23517 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23518 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23519 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23521 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23523 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23524 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23525 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23527 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23529 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23530 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23531 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23532 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23534 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23538 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23539 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23540 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23541 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23542 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18310 12091))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23545 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23546 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23548 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23550 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23551 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23553 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23555 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23556 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23560 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23561 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23562 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23564 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23566 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23567 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23568 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23569 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23570 only look in the To and From fields.
23571 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23573 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23575 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23576 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23577 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23578 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23579 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23581 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23583 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23584 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23585 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23586 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23587 look in the whole message.
23588 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23590 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23592 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23593 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23594 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23596 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23598 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23599 *Function to decode summary-line.
23601 By default, `identity' is set.")
23603 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23605 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23606 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23607 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23608 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23609 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23610 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23611 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23613 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23614 sent by you under different user names.
23615 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23617 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23619 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23623 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23624 ;;;;;; (18310 12103))
23625 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23627 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23628 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23629 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23630 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23632 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23636 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23637 ;;;;;; (18310 12101))
23638 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23640 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23641 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23644 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23649 ;;;;;; (18324 26615))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23652 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23653 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23654 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23655 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23661 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23662 ;;;;;; (18310 12101))
23663 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23665 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23666 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23668 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23669 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23670 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23671 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23672 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23673 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23674 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23675 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23676 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23677 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23679 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23680 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23681 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23682 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23683 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23684 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23685 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23686 to use for finding the schema.
23688 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23692 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18310
23694 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23696 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23698 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23699 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23700 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23701 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23702 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23703 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23704 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23705 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23706 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23707 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23708 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23709 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23710 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23711 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23712 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23713 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23715 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23719 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23720 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18340 21050))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23723 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23724 Define a robin package.
23726 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23727 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23728 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23729 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23731 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23732 one replaces the old one.
23734 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23736 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23737 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23739 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23740 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23741 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23743 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23745 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23746 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23748 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23752 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23753 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18310 12046))
23754 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23756 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23757 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23759 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23761 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23762 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23764 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23766 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23767 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23771 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23772 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23773 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23775 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23776 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23779 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23783 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23784 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23790 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18339
23792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23794 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23795 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23801 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18310
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23805 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23806 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23807 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23808 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23810 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23812 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23813 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23814 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23815 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23817 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23821 matches string STRING literally.
23824 matches character CHAR literally.
23826 `not-newline', `nonl'
23827 matches any character except a newline.
23830 matches any character
23835 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23836 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23837 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23839 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23840 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23841 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23842 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23844 `(not (any SET ...))'
23845 matches any character not in SET ...
23847 `line-start', `bol'
23848 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23849 in the text being matched
23852 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23854 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23855 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23856 string being matched against.
23858 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23859 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23860 string being matched against.
23863 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23864 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23867 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23868 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23871 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23873 `word-start', `bow'
23874 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23877 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23880 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23883 `(not word-boundary)'
23884 `not-word-boundary'
23885 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23889 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23892 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23894 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23895 matches 0 through 9.
23898 matches ASCII control characters.
23900 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23901 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23904 matches space and tab only.
23907 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23910 `printing', `print'
23911 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23914 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23915 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23916 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23918 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23919 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23920 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23923 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23926 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23928 `lower', `lower-case'
23929 matches anything lower-case.
23931 `upper', `upper-case'
23932 matches anything upper-case.
23934 `punctuation', `punct'
23935 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23936 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23938 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23939 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23942 matches anything that has word syntax.
23945 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23948 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23949 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23950 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23952 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23953 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23956 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23957 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23958 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23959 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23960 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23962 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23963 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23964 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23965 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23966 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23968 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23969 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23971 `(category CATEGORY)'
23972 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23973 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23975 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23976 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23977 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23978 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23982 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23983 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23984 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23985 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23986 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23987 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23988 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23989 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23990 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23991 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23992 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23993 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23994 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23995 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24004 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24008 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24010 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24015 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24016 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24018 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24019 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24020 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24021 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24022 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24024 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24025 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24026 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24027 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24029 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24030 another name for `submatch'.
24032 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24033 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24034 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24035 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24036 regular expression.
24038 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24039 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24040 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24041 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24042 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24044 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24045 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24047 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24048 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24050 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24052 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24055 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24056 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24059 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24060 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24062 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24064 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24067 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24070 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24072 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24073 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24075 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24078 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24081 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24085 matches N occurrences.
24088 matches N or more occurrences.
24090 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24091 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24092 matches N to M occurrences.
24095 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24098 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24101 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24104 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24108 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24110 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24114 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24115 ;;;;;; (18307 26229))
24116 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24118 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24119 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24120 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24123 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24125 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24126 Toggle savehist-mode.
24127 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24128 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24129 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24130 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24132 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24133 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24134 which is probably undesirable.
24140 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24141 ;;;;;; (18310 12113))
24142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24144 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24145 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24146 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24148 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24149 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24150 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24151 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24152 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24153 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24154 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24155 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24158 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24159 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24160 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24161 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24162 if that value is non-nil.
24166 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24167 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24168 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24171 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24172 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24173 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24174 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24175 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24176 that variable's value is a string.
24182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24183 ;;;;;; (18310 12082))
24184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24186 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24187 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24188 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24190 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18310
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
24200 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
24201 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
24202 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
24203 \\{scribe-mode-map}
24205 Interesting variables:
24207 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
24208 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
24210 `scribe-electric-quote'
24211 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
24213 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
24214 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
24215 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
24221 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24222 ;;;;;; (18310 12047))
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24225 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24226 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24227 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24230 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24232 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24234 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24235 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24236 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24237 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24238 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24244 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24245 ;;;;;; (18310 12047))
24246 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24248 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24249 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24250 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24251 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24252 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24259 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24260 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24261 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24262 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24263 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24264 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24265 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24266 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24267 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18339 17962))
24268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24270 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24271 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24273 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24275 If `parens', they look like:
24276 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24277 If `angles', they look like:
24278 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24279 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24280 derived from the envelope-from address.
24282 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24283 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24284 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24285 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24287 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24289 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24290 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24291 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24292 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24294 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24295 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24296 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24297 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24299 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24301 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24302 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24303 This is done when the message is initialized,
24304 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24306 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24308 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24309 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24310 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24312 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24314 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24316 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24317 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24318 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24319 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24320 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24321 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24322 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24324 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24326 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24327 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24329 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24331 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24332 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24333 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24335 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24337 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24338 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24339 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24340 when you first send mail.")
24342 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24344 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24345 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24346 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24347 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24348 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24350 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24352 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24353 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24354 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24355 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24356 This file need not actually exist.")
24358 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24360 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24361 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24362 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24364 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24366 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24367 Alist of mail address aliases,
24368 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24369 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24370 can specify a different file name.)
24371 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24372 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24374 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24375 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24376 nil means use indentation.")
24378 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24380 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24381 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24382 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24384 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24386 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24387 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24388 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24389 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24390 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24391 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24392 in the cited portion of the message.
24394 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24395 instead of no action.")
24397 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24399 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24400 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24401 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24402 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24403 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24405 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24407 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24408 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24409 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24410 If a string, that string is inserted.
24411 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24412 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24413 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24414 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24416 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24418 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24419 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24421 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24423 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24424 Directory for mail buffers.
24425 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24426 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24428 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24430 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24431 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24432 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24433 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24435 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24437 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24438 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24439 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24440 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24443 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24445 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24446 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24447 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24448 `query' means ask the user each time.
24449 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24450 The default is `mime'.
24451 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24452 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24454 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24456 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24457 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24458 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24460 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24461 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24463 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24464 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24465 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24466 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24467 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24468 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24469 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24470 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24471 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24472 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24473 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24474 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24475 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24479 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24480 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24482 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24483 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24485 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24487 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24488 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24489 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24490 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24491 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24492 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24494 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24495 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24496 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24498 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24499 User should not set this variable manually,
24500 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24501 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24502 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24503 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24505 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24506 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24507 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24508 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24510 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24511 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24514 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24516 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24517 to move to message header fields:
24520 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24521 when the message is initialized.
24523 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24524 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24526 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24529 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24530 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24532 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24533 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24534 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24535 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24536 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24537 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24538 buffer without erasing the contents.
24540 The second through fifth arguments,
24541 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24542 the initial contents of those header fields.
24543 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24544 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24545 original message being replied to, or else an action
24546 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24547 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24548 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24549 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24550 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24551 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24553 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24555 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24556 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24558 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24560 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24561 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24563 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24567 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24568 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18333 58864))
24569 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24571 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24572 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24573 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24574 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24575 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24576 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24578 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24579 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24581 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24583 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24584 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24585 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24588 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24590 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24592 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24593 Toggle Server mode.
24594 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24595 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24596 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24600 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24601 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24603 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24605 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24606 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24608 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18310 12047))
24613 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24615 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24616 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24617 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24621 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24622 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24623 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24624 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24630 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24631 ;;;;;; (18339 17965))
24632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24634 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24635 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24637 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24640 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24641 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24642 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24644 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24645 in your `.emacs' file.
24647 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24649 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24650 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24655 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24657 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24658 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24659 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24660 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24661 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24662 which this is based.
24664 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24666 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24667 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24668 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24669 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24671 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24672 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24673 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24675 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24676 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24677 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24678 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24680 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24681 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24682 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24683 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24685 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24687 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24688 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24689 To work around that, do:
24690 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24698 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24699 ;;;;;; (18339 17963))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24701 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24703 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24704 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24705 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24706 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24707 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24708 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24710 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24711 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24712 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24713 shell-specific features.
24715 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24716 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24717 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24719 \\[sh-case] case statement
24720 \\[sh-for] for loop
24721 \\[sh-function] function definition
24722 \\[sh-if] if statement
24723 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24724 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24725 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24726 \\[sh-select] select loop
24727 \\[sh-until] until loop
24728 \\[sh-while] while loop
24730 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24731 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24732 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24733 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24734 would indent to the way it currently is.
24735 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24736 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24739 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24740 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24741 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24742 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24743 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24744 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24746 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24748 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24750 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24751 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24752 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24754 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24755 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24759 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24763 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18310 12047))
24764 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24766 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24767 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24768 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24769 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24770 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24771 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24773 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24777 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24778 ;;;;;; (18310 12064))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24781 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24782 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24784 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24785 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24786 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24787 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24790 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24792 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24794 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24795 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24796 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24798 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24799 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24801 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24802 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24803 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24804 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24805 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24806 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24807 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24810 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24811 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24812 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24813 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24814 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24816 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24817 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24818 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24824 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24825 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18310
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24829 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24830 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24831 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24832 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24833 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24834 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24835 sites in the cluster.
24839 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24840 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24841 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24842 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24843 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24847 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24848 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24849 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24850 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24851 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24852 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24853 `shadow-define-cluster').
24857 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24858 Set up file shadowing.
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24865 ;;;;;; (18310 12047))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24868 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24869 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24870 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24871 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24872 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24875 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24877 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24878 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24879 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24880 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24881 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24883 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24884 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24885 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24886 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24887 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24888 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24889 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24890 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24891 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24892 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24893 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24895 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24896 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24897 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24898 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24899 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24900 `default-process-coding-system'.
24902 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24903 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24904 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24905 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24907 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24910 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24914 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24915 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18329 52187))
24916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24918 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24921 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24923 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24926 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24928 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24931 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24935 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24936 ;;;;;; (18310 12082))
24937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24939 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24940 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24941 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24942 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24943 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24945 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18339 17947))
24952 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24953 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24957 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18310
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24961 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24962 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24963 \\{simula-mode-map}
24964 Variables controlling indentation style:
24965 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24966 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24967 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24968 `simula-indent-level'
24969 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24970 `simula-substatement-offset'
24971 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24972 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24973 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24974 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24975 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24976 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24977 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24978 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24979 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24980 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24981 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24982 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24983 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24984 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24985 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24986 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24987 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24988 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24989 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24990 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24991 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24992 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24993 or nil if they should not be changed.
24994 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24995 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24996 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24997 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24999 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25000 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25006 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25007 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18339 17947))
25008 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25010 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25011 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25013 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25014 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25015 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25016 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25018 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25020 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25022 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25023 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25024 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25025 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25026 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25028 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25029 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25031 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25033 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25034 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25036 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25037 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25038 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25039 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25041 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25042 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25043 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25044 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25046 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25047 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25048 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25050 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25051 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25053 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25054 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25056 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25057 _ interesting point, interregion here
25058 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25059 interesting point set by _
25060 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25061 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25062 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25063 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25064 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25065 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25068 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25069 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25071 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25072 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25073 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25074 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25075 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25076 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25077 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25078 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25080 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25081 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25082 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25083 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25084 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25087 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25088 then: insert previously read string once more
25089 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25090 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25091 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25093 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25094 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25096 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25098 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25099 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25101 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25102 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25103 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25104 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25105 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25108 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25109 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25110 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25116 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25117 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18324 26612))
25118 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25120 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25121 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25122 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25125 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25127 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25128 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25129 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25133 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25134 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25135 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25141 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25142 ;;;;;; (18310 12082))
25143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25145 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25146 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25147 A list of images is returned.
25149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25151 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25152 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25153 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25155 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25159 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25160 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18310 12091))
25161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25163 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25168 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25169 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25175 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18310 12106))
25176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25178 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25179 Play the Snake game.
25180 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25182 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25184 Snake mode keybindings:
25186 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25187 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25188 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25189 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25190 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25191 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25192 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25199 ;;;;;; (18310 12096))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25202 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25203 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25204 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25205 Tab indents for C code.
25206 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25207 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25209 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25214 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25215 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25216 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25217 Tab indents for C code.
25218 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25219 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25221 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25222 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25228 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
25229 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
25230 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18310 12060))
25231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25233 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
25234 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
25236 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
25237 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
25238 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
25240 For example, the form
25242 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
25243 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
25245 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
25247 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
25249 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
25250 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25252 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25253 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
25254 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
25257 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25259 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
25261 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
25262 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25264 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25265 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25266 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25269 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25271 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
25273 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
25274 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25275 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25278 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25280 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
25282 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25283 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25284 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25286 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25287 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25289 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
25294 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25295 Requires floating point.
25301 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18310
25303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25305 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25308 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25309 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25310 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25311 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25312 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25313 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25314 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25315 check after each move or undo)
25319 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25320 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25321 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25340 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25341 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25342 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25343 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25345 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25346 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25347 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25350 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25351 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25353 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25369 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25371 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25377 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25378 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25379 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18310 12047))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25381 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25383 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25384 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25386 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25387 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25388 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25389 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25392 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25393 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25394 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25397 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25398 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25400 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25401 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25402 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25403 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25406 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25407 It should move point to the end of the record.
25409 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25410 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25411 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25412 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25413 starts at the beginning of the record.
25415 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25416 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25419 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25420 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25422 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25424 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25425 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25426 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25427 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25428 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25431 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25433 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25434 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25435 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25436 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25437 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25440 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25442 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25443 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25444 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25445 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25446 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25449 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25450 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25452 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25453 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25454 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25455 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25456 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25457 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25458 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25459 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25460 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25462 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25464 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25465 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25466 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25467 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25468 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25469 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25470 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25473 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25475 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25476 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25477 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25478 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25479 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25480 is to be used for sorting.
25481 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25482 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25483 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25484 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25485 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25487 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25489 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25492 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25493 starting with the letter \"f\",
25494 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25496 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25499 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25500 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25501 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25502 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25503 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25504 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25507 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25508 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25509 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25510 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25511 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25513 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25515 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25516 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25517 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25519 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25523 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18310
25525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25527 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25528 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25529 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25530 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25531 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25532 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25534 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25538 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25539 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25540 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18310 12082))
25541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25543 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25544 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25546 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25547 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25548 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25550 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25552 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25553 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25554 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25557 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25559 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25560 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25561 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25563 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25565 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25566 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25567 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25568 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25573 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25574 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25575 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25576 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25582 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25583 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18310 12048))
25584 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25586 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25588 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25589 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25590 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25591 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25592 supported at a time.
25593 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25594 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25598 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25599 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25600 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25601 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25607 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25608 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18310 12121))
25609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25611 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25613 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25614 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25615 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25616 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25617 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25618 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25622 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25623 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25624 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25625 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25629 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25630 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25631 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25632 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25633 for example, \"word\".
25635 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25637 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25638 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25640 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25644 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18310
25646 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25648 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25649 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25653 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25654 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25660 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25661 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25662 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25663 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18310
25665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25667 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25668 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25670 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25671 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25672 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25673 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25674 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25675 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25676 of the current highlighting list.
25680 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25681 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25683 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25684 `_t' as data types.
25686 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25688 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25689 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25691 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25692 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25694 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25696 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25697 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25698 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25700 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25702 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25703 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25704 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25705 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25706 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25707 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25709 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25710 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25712 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25714 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25715 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25716 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25717 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25719 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25720 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25721 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25722 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25724 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25725 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25726 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25730 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25731 Major mode to edit SQL.
25733 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25734 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25735 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25738 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25740 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25741 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25742 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25743 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25744 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25745 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25747 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25748 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25750 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25751 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25752 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25754 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25756 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25760 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25761 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25763 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25764 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25769 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25771 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25772 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25779 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25780 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25781 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25783 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25787 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25788 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25791 `default-process-coding-system'.
25793 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25797 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25798 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25800 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25801 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25804 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25805 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25806 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25807 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25809 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25810 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25812 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25813 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25814 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25815 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25816 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25817 `default-process-coding-system'.
25819 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25823 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25824 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25826 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25827 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25830 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25831 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25833 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25834 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25838 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25841 `default-process-coding-system'.
25843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25847 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25848 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25850 SQLite is free software.
25852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25857 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25858 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25859 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25861 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25862 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25864 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25865 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25866 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25867 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25868 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25869 `default-process-coding-system'.
25871 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25875 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25876 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25878 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25880 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25881 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25884 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25885 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25886 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25887 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25889 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25890 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'.
25899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25903 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25904 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25911 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25914 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25915 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25917 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25918 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25919 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25920 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25921 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25922 `default-process-coding-system'.
25924 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25928 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25929 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25931 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25932 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25935 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25936 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25938 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25939 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25943 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25946 `default-process-coding-system'.
25948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25952 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25953 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25955 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25956 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25959 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25960 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25961 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25962 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25964 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25965 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25967 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25968 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25969 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25970 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25971 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25972 `default-process-coding-system'.
25974 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25978 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25979 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25986 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25987 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25988 `sql-postgres-options'.
25990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25995 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25999 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26000 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26002 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26003 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26005 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26009 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26010 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26012 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26013 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26016 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26017 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26020 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26021 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26023 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26024 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26025 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26026 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26027 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26028 `default-process-coding-system'.
26030 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26034 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26035 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26037 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26038 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26041 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26044 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26045 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26047 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26048 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26049 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26050 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26052 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26053 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26054 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26055 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26056 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26057 `default-process-coding-system'.
26059 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26063 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26064 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26066 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26067 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26070 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26071 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26072 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26073 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26076 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26077 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26078 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26079 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26082 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26085 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26091 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26092 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26093 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26094 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26095 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18310
26097 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26099 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26100 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26101 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26102 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26103 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26104 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26106 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26108 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26110 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26111 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26112 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26113 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26114 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26115 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26116 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26118 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26120 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26121 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26122 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26123 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26124 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26125 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26126 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26128 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26130 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26131 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26132 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26134 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26136 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26137 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26138 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26140 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26142 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26143 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26145 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26147 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26148 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26152 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26153 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26157 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26158 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26159 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26160 chronologically by command name.
26161 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26163 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26165 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26166 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26167 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26170 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26172 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26174 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26175 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26176 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26177 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26178 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26179 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26180 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26182 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26183 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26184 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26185 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26187 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26191 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26192 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26193 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26194 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26196 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26199 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26205 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26206 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 54937))
26207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26209 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26210 Studlify-case the region.
26212 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26214 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26215 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26217 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26219 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26220 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26226 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18339 17947))
26227 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
26229 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
26230 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
26231 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
26232 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
26233 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
26234 to the specified name LIBRARY.
26236 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
26237 is used instead of `load-path'.
26239 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
26240 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
26241 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
26243 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
26247 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26248 ;;;;;; (18310 12092))
26249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26251 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26252 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26253 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26254 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26255 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26256 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26257 original message but it does require a few things:
26259 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26261 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26264 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26265 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26268 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26270 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26272 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26273 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26274 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26280 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18329
26282 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26284 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26286 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26287 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26288 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26291 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26293 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26295 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26296 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26297 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26298 otherwise turn it off.
26300 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26301 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26302 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26308 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18310 12048))
26309 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26311 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26312 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26313 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26314 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26315 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26319 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26320 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26321 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26322 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26323 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26324 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26325 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26327 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26331 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26332 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26333 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26334 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26335 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26336 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26337 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26338 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26339 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26340 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26341 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26342 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26343 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18307 26245))
26344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26346 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26347 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26348 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26350 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26352 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26353 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26355 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26357 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26358 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26360 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26362 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26363 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26365 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26367 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26368 Insert an editable text table.
26369 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26370 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26371 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26372 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26373 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26374 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26379 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26381 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26386 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26387 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26388 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26389 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26392 +-----+-----+-----+
26394 +-----+-----+-----+
26396 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26398 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26399 width, which results as
26401 +--------------+-----+-----+
26403 +--------------+-----+-----+
26405 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26406 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26408 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26410 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26412 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26413 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26414 width information to `table-insert'.
26416 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26422 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26425 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26426 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26428 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26431 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26433 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26435 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26438 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26441 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26443 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26445 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26448 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26451 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26454 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26455 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26456 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26461 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26464 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26467 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26469 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26472 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26475 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26476 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26477 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26478 | | |expected results.-!- |
26479 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26482 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26484 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26488 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26490 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26491 Insert N table row(s).
26492 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26493 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26494 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26495 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26499 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26500 Insert N table column(s).
26501 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26502 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26503 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26504 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26508 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26509 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26510 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26512 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26515 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26516 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26517 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26518 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26519 all the table specific features.
26521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26523 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26528 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26529 Recognize all tables within region.
26530 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26531 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26532 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26535 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26537 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26540 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26542 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26543 Recognize a table at point.
26544 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26545 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26546 the table specific features.
26548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26550 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26555 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26556 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26557 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26558 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26559 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26560 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26561 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26563 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26570 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26571 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26572 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26573 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26574 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26575 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26578 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26580 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26581 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26582 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26583 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26584 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26585 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26586 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26591 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26592 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26593 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26594 table's rectangle structure.
26596 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26598 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26599 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26600 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26601 table's rectangle structure.
26605 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26606 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26607 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26608 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26609 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26611 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26613 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26614 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26615 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26617 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26618 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26619 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26620 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26621 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26622 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26623 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26625 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26626 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26627 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26628 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26629 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26630 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26631 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26633 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26634 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26635 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26636 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26637 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26638 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26639 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26640 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26642 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26644 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26645 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26646 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26647 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26651 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26652 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26653 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26655 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26657 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26658 Split current cell vertically.
26659 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26663 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26664 Split current cell horizontally.
26665 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26669 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26670 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26671 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26673 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26675 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26676 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26677 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26678 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26680 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26682 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26683 Justify cell contents.
26684 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26685 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26686 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26687 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26689 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26691 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26692 Justify cells of a row.
26693 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26694 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26696 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26698 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26699 Justify cells of a column.
26700 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26701 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26703 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26705 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26706 Toggle fixing width mode.
26707 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26708 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26709 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26713 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26714 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26715 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26716 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26717 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26718 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26719 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26720 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26721 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26722 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26723 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26725 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26727 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26728 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26729 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26730 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26731 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26732 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26733 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26734 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26735 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26736 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26737 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26738 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26741 References used for this implementation:
26747 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26749 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26750 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26751 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26753 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26755 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26756 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26757 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26758 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26759 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26760 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26761 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26762 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26763 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26764 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26765 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26766 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26767 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26768 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26769 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26770 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26771 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26776 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26777 (table-forward-cell 15)
26778 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26779 (table-forward-cell 16)
26780 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26781 (table-forward-cell 1)
26782 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26785 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26786 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26787 (table-forward-cell 1)
26788 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26790 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26792 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26793 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26794 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26795 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26796 consists from cells of same height.
26800 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26801 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26802 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26803 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26804 column must consists from cells of same width.
26808 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26809 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26810 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26811 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26812 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26813 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26814 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26815 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26816 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26817 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26818 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26819 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26820 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26821 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26822 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26831 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26832 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26833 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26836 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26838 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26840 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26842 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26846 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26847 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26848 of each row is optional.
26853 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26854 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26855 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26856 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26857 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26859 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26860 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26862 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26863 expression and raw delimiter regular
26864 expression, it parses the specified text
26865 area and extracts cell items from
26866 non-table text and then forms a table out
26869 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26870 creates a single cell table. The text in
26871 the specified region is placed in that
26874 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26877 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26878 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26879 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26881 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26882 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26883 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26884 | area and extracts cell items from |
26885 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26888 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26889 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26890 | the specified region is placed in that |
26892 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26894 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26895 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26898 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26899 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26900 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26901 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26902 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26903 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26904 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26905 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26906 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26908 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26909 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26910 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26911 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26913 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26915 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26916 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26917 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26919 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26921 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26922 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26923 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26924 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26925 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26931 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18310 12048))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26934 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26935 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26937 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26939 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26940 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26946 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18339 17947))
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26949 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26950 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26951 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26952 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26953 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26954 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26955 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26957 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26958 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26959 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26960 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26962 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26969 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26970 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18310 12114))
26971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26973 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26974 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26975 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26976 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26977 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26978 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26980 Variables controlling indentation style:
26982 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26983 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26984 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26986 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26987 documentation for details):
26988 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26989 Controls action of TAB key.
26991 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26992 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26993 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26994 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26995 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26997 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26998 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27006 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27007 Run inferior Tcl process.
27008 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27009 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27013 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27014 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27015 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27017 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27021 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18310 12096))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27023 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27025 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27026 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27027 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27028 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27030 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27031 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27032 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27033 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27034 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27036 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27037 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27039 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27040 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27041 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27042 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18339
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27052 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27053 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27054 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27055 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27056 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27057 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27059 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27061 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27062 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27063 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27064 commands to use in that buffer.
27066 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27068 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27070 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27071 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27073 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27077 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18310
27079 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27081 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27082 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27083 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27084 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27085 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27086 program as keyboard input.
27088 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27089 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27090 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27091 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27093 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27094 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27095 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27096 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27097 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27099 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27101 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27102 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27103 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27104 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27106 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27107 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27108 subprocess started.
27110 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27114 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27115 ;;;;;; (18310 12065))
27116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27118 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27119 Start coverage on function under point.
27125 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18310 12106))
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27128 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27129 Play the Tetris game.
27130 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27131 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27132 as to form complete rows.
27134 tetris-mode keybindings:
27135 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27136 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27137 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27138 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27139 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27140 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27141 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27142 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27143 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27149 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27150 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27151 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27152 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27153 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27154 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27155 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27156 ;;;;;; (18310 12121))
27157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27159 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27160 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27162 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27164 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27165 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27166 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27167 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27168 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27170 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27172 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27173 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27174 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27175 if it matches the first line of the file,
27176 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27178 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27180 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27181 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27182 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27183 if the variable is non-nil.")
27185 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27187 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27188 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27190 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27192 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27193 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27194 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27195 See the documentation of that variable.")
27197 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27199 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27200 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27201 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27202 See the documentation of that variable.")
27204 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27206 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27207 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27208 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27209 See the documentation of that variable.")
27211 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27213 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27214 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27215 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27216 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27217 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27219 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27221 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27222 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27223 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27224 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27226 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27228 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27229 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27230 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27232 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27234 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27235 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27236 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27237 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27239 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27241 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27242 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27243 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27244 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27246 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27248 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27249 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27250 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27251 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27253 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27254 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27257 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27258 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27260 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27263 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27265 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27266 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27267 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27268 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27269 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27271 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27273 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27275 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27276 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27277 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27279 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27281 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27282 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27283 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27284 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27285 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27287 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27289 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27290 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27292 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27294 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27295 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27297 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27299 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27300 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27301 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27302 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27303 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27304 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27305 says which mode to use.
27309 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27311 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27313 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27315 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27316 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27317 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27318 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27319 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27321 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27322 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27323 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27324 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27325 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27326 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27327 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27329 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27330 mismatched $'s or braces.
27333 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27337 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27339 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27340 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27341 tex-dvi-print-command
27342 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27343 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27344 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27345 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27346 tex-dvi-view-command
27347 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27348 tex-show-queue-command
27349 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27350 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27352 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27353 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27354 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27358 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27359 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27360 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27361 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27362 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27364 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27365 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27366 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27367 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27368 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27369 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27370 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27372 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27373 mismatched $'s or braces.
27380 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27382 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27383 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27384 tex-dvi-print-command
27385 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27386 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27387 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27388 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27389 tex-dvi-view-command
27390 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27391 tex-show-queue-command
27392 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27393 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27395 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27396 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27397 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27401 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27402 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27403 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27404 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27405 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27407 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27408 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27409 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27410 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27411 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27412 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27413 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27415 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27416 mismatched $'s or braces.
27419 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27423 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27425 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27426 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27427 tex-dvi-print-command
27428 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27429 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27430 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27431 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27432 tex-dvi-view-command
27433 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27434 tex-show-queue-command
27435 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27436 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27438 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27439 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27440 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27441 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27445 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27450 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27451 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27457 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27458 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18310 12121))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27461 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27462 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27463 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27464 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27466 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27467 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27468 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27470 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27472 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27473 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27474 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27475 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27476 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27478 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27480 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27481 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27482 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27483 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27485 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27486 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27487 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27488 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27490 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27491 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27493 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27497 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27498 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18310 12121))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27501 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27502 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27504 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27506 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27507 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27509 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27511 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27512 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27514 It has these extra commands:
27515 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27517 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27518 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27519 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27520 modified version of TeX input format.
27522 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27523 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27524 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27525 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27527 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27528 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27529 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27530 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27531 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27532 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27533 in the Texinfo file.
27535 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27536 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27537 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27538 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27539 move forward past the closing brace.
27541 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27542 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27544 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27545 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27546 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27548 Here are the functions:
27550 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27551 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27552 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27554 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27555 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27556 texinfo-master-menu
27558 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27560 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27561 which menu descriptions are indented.
27563 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27564 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27567 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27568 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27569 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27570 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27572 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27573 be the first node in the file.
27575 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27576 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27582 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27583 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27584 ;;;;;; (18339 17960))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27587 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27588 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27589 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27590 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27592 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27594 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27595 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27597 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27599 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27600 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27604 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27607 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27611 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27612 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27613 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18310 12048))
27614 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27616 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27617 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27619 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27621 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27622 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27623 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27624 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27625 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27627 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27628 a symbol as a valid THING.
27630 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27631 of the textual entity that was found.
27633 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27635 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27636 Return the THING at point.
27637 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27638 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27639 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27641 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27642 a symbol as a valid THING.
27644 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27651 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27656 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27661 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27668 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27669 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27670 ;;;;;; (18310 12048))
27671 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27673 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27674 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27678 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27679 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27680 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27681 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27683 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27685 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27686 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27690 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27691 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27695 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27697 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27698 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27704 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27705 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27706 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27707 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27708 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27709 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18339 17961))
27710 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27712 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27713 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27714 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27718 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27719 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27721 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27723 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27724 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27725 The returned string has no composition information.
27727 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27729 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27730 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27732 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27734 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27735 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27737 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27739 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27740 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27741 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27742 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27746 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27747 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27748 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27749 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27751 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27756 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27758 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27759 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27760 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27764 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27765 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27766 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27770 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27775 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27778 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27780 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27783 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27787 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27788 ;;;;;; (18310 12122))
27789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27791 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27792 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27793 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27794 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27796 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27798 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27800 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27801 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27802 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27803 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27805 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27811 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27812 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18310 12048))
27813 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27815 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27816 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27818 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27820 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27821 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27822 This display updates automatically every minute.
27823 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27824 are displayed as well.
27825 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27829 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27830 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27831 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27834 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27836 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27838 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27839 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27840 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27842 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27843 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27844 are displayed as well.
27845 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27849 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27850 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27851 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27852 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27858 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27859 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27860 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27861 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18310
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27865 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27866 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27868 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27870 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27871 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27872 You can use `float-time' instead.
27874 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27876 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27877 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27879 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27881 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27882 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27884 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27886 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27887 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27889 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27891 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27892 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27893 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27895 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27897 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27899 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27900 Subtract two time values.
27901 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27903 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27905 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27906 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27908 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27910 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27911 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27912 DATE should be a date-time string.
27914 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27916 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27917 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27918 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27920 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27922 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27923 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27925 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27927 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27928 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27930 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27932 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27933 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27934 TIME should be a time value.
27935 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27937 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27939 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27940 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27941 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27943 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27947 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27948 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18339 17948))
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27950 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27951 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27952 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27953 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27954 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27955 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27956 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27957 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27959 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27960 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27961 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27962 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27963 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27964 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27965 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27966 look like one of the following:
27969 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27970 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27971 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27972 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27973 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27974 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27975 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27980 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27981 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27982 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27988 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27989 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27990 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27991 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27992 ;;;;;; (18310 12060))
27993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27995 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27996 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27997 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27998 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27999 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28000 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28001 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28002 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28003 display (non-nil means on).
28005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28007 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28008 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28009 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28010 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
28011 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28012 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28013 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28014 this function is called within a day.
28016 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28017 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28018 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28019 discover the name of the project.
28021 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28023 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28024 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28025 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28026 begun during the last time segment.
28028 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28029 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28030 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28031 discover the reason.
28033 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28035 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28036 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28037 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28038 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28039 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28041 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28043 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28044 Change to working on a different project.
28045 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28046 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28047 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28050 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28052 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28053 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28054 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28058 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28059 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28060 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28064 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28065 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28066 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28067 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28068 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28069 \"relative to today\".
28071 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28073 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28074 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28075 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28076 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28078 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28080 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28081 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28082 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28083 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28084 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28085 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28087 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28091 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
28092 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
28093 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18310 12065))
28094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
28096 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
28098 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
28099 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
28101 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
28103 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
28104 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
28105 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
28106 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
28108 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
28110 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
28111 Perform an action at time TIME.
28112 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28113 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
28114 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
28115 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
28116 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
28117 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
28118 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
28119 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
28120 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
28121 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
28122 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28124 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28126 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28128 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
28129 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
28130 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28131 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
28132 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28134 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28136 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28138 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
28139 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
28140 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
28141 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
28143 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
28145 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
28146 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
28147 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28148 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
28149 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
28150 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
28151 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
28153 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
28154 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
28156 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28158 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28159 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
28161 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
28162 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
28163 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
28164 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
28165 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
28166 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
28169 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28173 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28174 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18339 17956))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28177 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28178 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28179 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28180 the generated Quail package is saved.
28182 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28184 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28185 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28186 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28187 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28188 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28189 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28190 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28192 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28196 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
28197 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18339
28199 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
28201 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
28204 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28206 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
28209 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28211 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
28212 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
28213 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
28214 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
28216 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28220 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28221 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18310 12048))
28222 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28223 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28224 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28226 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28227 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28228 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28229 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28230 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28232 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28234 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28235 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28236 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28237 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28238 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28240 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28242 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28243 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28244 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28245 in the menu in two ways:
28246 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28247 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28248 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28250 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28251 keymap or an alist of alists.
28252 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28253 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28255 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28259 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28260 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28261 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18307 26233))
28262 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28264 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28265 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28269 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28270 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28272 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28274 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28275 Insert new TODO list entry.
28276 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28281 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28282 List top priorities for each category.
28284 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28285 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28287 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28288 between each category.
28290 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28292 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28293 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28294 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28295 between each category.
28297 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28299 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28301 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28302 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28308 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28309 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28313 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28320 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28321 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28322 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18310 12048))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28325 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28326 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28327 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28331 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28333 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28334 Add an item to the tool bar.
28335 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28336 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28337 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28338 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28340 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28341 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28342 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28343 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28345 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28346 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28348 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28350 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28351 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28352 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28353 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28354 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28355 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28357 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28358 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28359 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28360 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28362 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28364 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28365 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28366 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28367 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28368 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28369 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28370 properties to add to the binding.
28372 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28374 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28375 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28377 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28379 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28380 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28381 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28382 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28383 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28384 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28385 properties to add to the binding.
28387 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28390 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28394 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28395 ;;;;;; (18329 52184))
28396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28398 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28399 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28400 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28403 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28405 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28407 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28412 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28414 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28415 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28422 ;;;;;; (18307 26234))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28425 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28426 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28428 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28429 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28430 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28431 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28432 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28434 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28435 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28436 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28437 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28438 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28440 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28445 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28446 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28447 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28448 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28449 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28450 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18310 12065))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28459 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28460 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28461 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28462 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28463 to a tcp server on another machine.
28465 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28469 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28470 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18310 12065))
28471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28473 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28474 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28476 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28478 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28479 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28480 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28481 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28482 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28483 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28484 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28485 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28487 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28490 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28491 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28492 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28493 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28494 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28495 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28496 the window or buffer configuration.
28498 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28500 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28504 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28505 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28506 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28507 ;;;;;; (18342 13363))
28508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28510 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28511 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28513 It can have the following values:
28515 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28516 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28517 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28519 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28521 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28522 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28523 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28524 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28526 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28527 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28528 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28529 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28531 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28532 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28533 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28535 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28536 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28537 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28538 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28539 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28540 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28541 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28542 files which are not really Tramp files.
28544 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28545 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28546 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28547 updated after changing this variable.
28549 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28551 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28552 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28553 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28554 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28556 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28557 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28558 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28559 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28561 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28562 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28563 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28565 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28566 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28567 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28569 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28570 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28571 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28572 updated after changing this variable.
28574 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28576 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28577 Alist of completion handler functions.
28578 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28579 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28580 normal Emacs functions.")
28582 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28583 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28584 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28585 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28587 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28588 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28589 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28590 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28592 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28593 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28594 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28596 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28598 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28599 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28600 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28602 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28603 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28604 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28606 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28607 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28610 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28612 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28617 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28618 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28620 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28622 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28623 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28625 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28628 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28634 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28635 ;;;;;; (18342 13362))
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28638 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28645 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18310
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28649 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28650 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28651 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28652 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28653 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28654 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28655 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28656 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28658 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28659 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28660 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28662 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28663 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28666 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28671 ;;;;;; (18340 21050))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28674 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28677 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28681 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28682 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18310 12122))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28684 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28685 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28686 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28688 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28689 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28690 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28691 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28692 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28693 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28694 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28696 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28698 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28699 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28700 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28701 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28703 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28707 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28708 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28709 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28710 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28711 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28712 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28713 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28715 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28716 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28718 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28721 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28723 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28730 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28731 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28732 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28733 ;;;;;; (18310 12049))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28736 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28737 Toggle typing break mode.
28738 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28740 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28742 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28744 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28745 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28747 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28749 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28750 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28752 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28753 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28754 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28756 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28757 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28759 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28761 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28762 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28764 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28765 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28766 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28767 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28769 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28771 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28772 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28773 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28775 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28776 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28777 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28778 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28779 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28780 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28782 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28783 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28784 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28785 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28787 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28788 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28790 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28791 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28793 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28795 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28796 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28797 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28799 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28800 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28801 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28802 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28803 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28804 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28805 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28807 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28808 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28810 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28811 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28812 reset the keystroke counter.
28814 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28815 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28816 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28817 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28819 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28820 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28821 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28822 `type-break-schedule' command.
28824 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28825 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28826 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28827 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28828 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28829 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28830 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28831 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28832 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28834 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28835 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28836 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28837 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28838 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28840 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28841 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28842 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28843 approximate good values for this.
28845 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28846 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28848 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28849 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28850 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28851 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28852 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28853 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28855 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28856 a typing break occur. They include:
28858 `type-break-query-mode'
28859 `type-break-query-function'
28860 `type-break-query-interval'
28862 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28864 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28865 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28866 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28869 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28871 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28872 Take a typing break.
28874 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28875 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28877 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28878 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28882 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28883 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28884 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28885 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28889 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28890 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28892 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28893 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28894 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28895 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28896 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28897 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28898 average typing speed.)
28900 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28901 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28902 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28903 the computed maximum threshold.
28905 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28906 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28907 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28908 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28909 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28911 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28915 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28916 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18310 12122))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28919 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28920 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28921 Works by overstriking underscores.
28922 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28923 which specify the range to operate on.
28925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28927 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28928 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28929 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28930 which specify the range to operate on.
28932 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28936 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28937 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18310 12092))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28940 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28941 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28942 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28946 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28947 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28948 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28949 following the containing message.
28955 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28956 ;;;;;; (18310 12092))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28959 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28960 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28961 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28962 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28963 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28964 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28968 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28969 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28971 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28975 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18310
28977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28979 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28980 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28981 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28982 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28984 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28988 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28989 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18310 12124))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28992 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28993 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28994 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28996 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28997 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28998 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28999 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29000 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29001 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29003 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29004 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29005 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29007 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29008 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29009 the callback is not called).
29011 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29012 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29013 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29016 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29018 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29019 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29020 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29021 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29022 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29024 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29028 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29029 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18335 24899))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29032 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29033 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29034 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29036 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29037 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29038 `url-generic-parse-url'
29039 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29040 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29041 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29043 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29044 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29045 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29046 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29047 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29048 what type of auth to use
29049 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29050 if one cannot be found in the cache
29052 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29055 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29057 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
29058 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
29059 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29060 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
29061 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
29062 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29063 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29064 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29066 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29070 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29071 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18310
29073 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29075 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29076 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29078 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29081 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29085 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29086 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
29088 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29091 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29093 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29097 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18310 12122))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29100 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29107 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29108 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18310 12123))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29111 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29114 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29116 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29119 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29123 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18310
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29127 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29128 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29130 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29134 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29135 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18310 12123))
29136 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29138 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29139 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29143 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29144 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29145 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29146 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29147 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29149 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29153 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29154 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29155 ;;;;;; (18346 13711))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29158 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29159 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29160 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29162 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29163 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29165 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29167 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29168 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29172 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29173 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29174 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29175 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29177 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29179 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29180 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29181 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29182 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29183 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29184 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29185 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29186 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29187 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29189 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29191 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29192 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29193 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29196 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29201 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29205 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29206 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18310 12123))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29209 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29210 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29211 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29212 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29213 CBARGS as the arguments.
29215 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29220 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29222 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29224 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29227 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29229 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29230 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29231 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29233 Property list members:
29236 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29240 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29244 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29247 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29250 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29251 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29252 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29255 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29257 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29258 Default HTTPS port.")
29260 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29261 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29263 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29264 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29265 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29266 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29267 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29271 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18310 12123))
29272 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29274 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18310
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29285 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29286 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29287 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29288 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29289 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29291 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29295 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29296 ;;;;;; (18310 12123))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29299 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29302 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29304 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29305 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29307 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29311 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29312 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18310 12123))
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29315 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29316 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29321 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29323 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29325 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29330 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29332 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29334 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29336 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29337 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29339 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29343 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29344 ;;;;;; (18310 12124))
29345 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29347 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29350 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29352 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29355 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29359 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29360 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29361 ;;;;;; (18310 12124))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29364 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29367 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29369 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29372 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29374 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29377 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29379 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29382 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29384 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29387 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29389 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29392 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29394 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29397 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29401 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29402 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18333 58866))
29403 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29405 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29406 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29408 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29410 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29411 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29412 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29413 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29415 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29419 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29420 ;;;;;; (18310 12124))
29421 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29423 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29424 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29431 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29432 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29433 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29434 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29435 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29436 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18310 12124))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29439 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29440 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29441 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29443 If t, all messages will be logged.
29444 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29445 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29447 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29449 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29452 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29454 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29457 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29460 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29461 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29462 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29463 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29469 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29471 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29472 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29473 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29475 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29477 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29478 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29479 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29481 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29483 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29484 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29486 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29488 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29489 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29493 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29494 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29498 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29503 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29506 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29508 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29511 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29513 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29514 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29516 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29518 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29519 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29521 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29523 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29526 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29528 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29529 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29530 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29531 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29532 forbidden in URL encoding.
29534 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29536 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29537 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29538 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29539 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29540 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29541 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29543 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29545 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29546 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29547 If optional variable X is t,
29548 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29550 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29552 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29553 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29554 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29556 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29558 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29559 View the current document's URL.
29560 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29563 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29565 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29570 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18310 12049))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29573 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29574 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29575 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29576 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29577 to refrain from editing the file
29578 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29579 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29580 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29581 in any way you like.
29583 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29585 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29586 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29587 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29588 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29589 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29591 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29592 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29598 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29599 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29600 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18339 17956))
29601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29603 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29606 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29608 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29611 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29613 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29616 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29618 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29621 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29625 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29626 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29627 ;;;;;; (18310 12092))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29630 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29631 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29632 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29633 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29635 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29637 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29638 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29639 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29641 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29643 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29644 Uudecode region between START and END.
29645 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29647 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29651 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29652 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29653 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29654 ;;;;;; vc-status vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29655 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29656 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29657 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18339 17948))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29660 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29661 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29664 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29666 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29667 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29668 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29670 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29672 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29673 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29676 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29678 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29679 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29680 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29681 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29682 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29683 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29684 somebody else, signal error.
29686 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29688 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29689 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29690 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29691 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29692 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29694 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29696 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29697 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29698 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29699 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29700 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29701 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29702 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29703 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29704 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29705 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29706 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29707 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29709 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29712 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29713 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29715 For locking systems:
29716 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29718 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29719 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29720 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29721 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29722 it performs a revert on that file.
29723 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29724 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29725 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29726 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29727 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29728 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29729 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29731 For merging systems:
29732 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29733 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29734 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29735 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29736 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29737 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29738 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29739 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29740 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29742 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29744 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29745 Register into a version control system.
29746 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29747 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29748 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29750 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29751 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29752 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29753 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29754 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29755 first backend that could register the file is used.
29757 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29759 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29760 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29762 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29764 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29765 Display diffs between file revisions.
29766 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29767 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29768 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29770 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29771 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29772 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29773 the current directory.
29774 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29777 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29779 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29780 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29781 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29782 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29786 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29787 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29788 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29789 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29793 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29794 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29795 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29796 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29797 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29798 from the current branch.
29800 See Info node `Merging'.
29804 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29806 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29807 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29809 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29811 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29812 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29814 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29816 (autoload 'vc-status "vc" "\
29817 Show the VC status for DIR.
29821 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29822 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29823 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29824 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29825 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29826 checked out in that new branch.
29828 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29830 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29831 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29832 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29833 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29834 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29835 allowed and simply skipped).
29837 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29839 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29840 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29841 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29843 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29845 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29846 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29847 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29848 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29852 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29853 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29854 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29855 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29859 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29861 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29862 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29863 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29864 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29865 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29866 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29870 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29871 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29872 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29873 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29874 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29875 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29876 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29878 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29880 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29881 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29882 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29883 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29884 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29885 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29886 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29887 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29888 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29890 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29892 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29893 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29895 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29898 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29899 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29902 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29904 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29905 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29906 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29908 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29909 log entries should be gathered.
29911 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29913 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29914 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29916 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29918 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29919 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29921 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29923 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29924 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29926 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29927 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29928 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29929 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29930 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29931 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29933 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29934 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29935 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29936 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29937 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29938 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29939 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29940 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29942 Customization variables:
29944 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29945 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29946 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29947 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29949 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18329 52183))
29954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29955 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29956 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29959 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18310 12049))
29964 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29966 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29967 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29969 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29970 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29971 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29974 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18314 40529))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29980 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29981 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29982 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29984 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18310 12049))
29989 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29990 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29991 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29992 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29995 (vc-git-registered file))))
29999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18329 52183))
30000 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30001 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30002 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30003 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30006 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18310 12050))
30011 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
30012 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
30013 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
30016 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
30020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18310 12050))
30021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30023 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30025 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30026 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30027 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30030 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30034 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30035 ;;;;;; (18310 12050))
30036 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30038 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30039 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30040 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30042 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30043 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30047 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30048 ;;;;;; (18310 12050))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30051 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30052 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30053 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30055 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30056 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30058 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30059 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30060 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30061 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18329 52183))
30066 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30067 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30068 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30069 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30072 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30073 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30074 (file-name-directory f)))
30076 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30078 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30082 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30083 ;;;;;; (18310 12114))
30084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30085 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30087 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30088 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30093 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30094 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30095 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30096 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30098 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30099 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30100 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30103 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30104 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30106 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30107 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30109 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30110 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30111 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30113 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30119 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30120 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30122 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30124 Official distribution is at
30125 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30128 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30129 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30140 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30141 ;;;;;; (18339 17963))
30142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30144 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30145 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30146 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30147 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30148 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30150 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30152 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30153 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30155 Supports highlighting.
30157 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30158 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30160 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30162 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30163 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30164 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30165 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30166 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30167 on the left side of your screen.
30168 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30169 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30170 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30171 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30172 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30173 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or function keyword
30174 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30175 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks
30176 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30177 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30180 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30181 Indentation for case statements.
30182 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30183 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30185 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30186 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
30187 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30188 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30189 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30190 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30191 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30192 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
30193 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30195 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30199 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30200 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30201 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30202 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30203 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30204 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30205 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30206 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30207 comments in tight quarters.
30208 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30209 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30211 Variables controlling other actions:
30213 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30214 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30215 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30217 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30219 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30221 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30222 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30223 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30225 Some other functions are:
30227 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30228 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30229 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30230 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30231 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30233 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30234 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30235 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
30236 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30238 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30239 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30240 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30241 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30242 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30243 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
30244 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30245 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30246 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30247 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30248 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30249 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30250 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30251 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30252 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30253 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30254 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30255 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30256 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30257 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30258 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30259 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30260 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30261 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30262 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30263 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30264 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30265 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30267 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30268 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30270 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30276 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30277 ;;;;;; (18329 52190))
30278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30280 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30281 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30286 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30287 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30288 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30289 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30290 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30291 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30292 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30293 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30294 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30296 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30297 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30298 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30299 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30301 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30302 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30303 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30304 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30305 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30307 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30308 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30312 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30313 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30314 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30318 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30319 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30320 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30321 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30323 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30324 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30325 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30326 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30327 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30331 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30332 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30333 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30334 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30336 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30337 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30338 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30339 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30340 beginning with \"std\").
30342 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30343 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30344 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30349 `--' puts a single comment.
30350 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30351 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30352 with a comment in between.
30353 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30354 out following lines.
30355 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30356 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30358 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30359 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30360 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30361 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30362 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30365 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30366 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30367 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30368 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30369 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30370 multi-line comments.
30374 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30375 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30376 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30377 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30379 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30380 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30381 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30382 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30384 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30385 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30388 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30389 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30393 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30394 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30395 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30396 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30397 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30398 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30399 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30400 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30402 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30403 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30404 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30405 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30406 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30409 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30410 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30411 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30413 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30414 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30418 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30419 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30420 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30421 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30422 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30423 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30426 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30427 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30428 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30429 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30432 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30436 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30437 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30438 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30439 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30440 internal signal initializations (menu).
30442 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30443 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30444 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30446 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30447 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30448 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30449 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30450 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30451 in subsequent paste operations.)
30453 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30454 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30455 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30458 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30459 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30460 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30461 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30462 association list with formals).
30465 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30466 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30467 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30468 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30469 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30470 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30471 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30472 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30477 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30481 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30485 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30486 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30487 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30489 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30490 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30493 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30494 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30495 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30496 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30498 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30499 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30500 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30502 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30503 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30504 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30505 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30507 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30508 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30509 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30510 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30511 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30513 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30514 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30515 required by secondary units.
30518 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30519 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30520 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30521 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30522 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30523 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30524 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30525 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30526 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30527 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30528 inputs to this component -> input port created
30529 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30530 outputs from this component -> output port created
30531 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30532 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30534 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30535 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30536 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30537 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30538 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30540 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30541 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30543 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30544 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30545 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30546 component instantiation is also supported (option
30547 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30549 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30550 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30551 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30552 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30553 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30554 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30555 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30556 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30557 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30558 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30559 | generating the configuration.
30561 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30562 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30563 | configurations in speedbar.
30565 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30568 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30569 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30570 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30571 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30572 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30573 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30574 information. New compilers can be added.
30576 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30577 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30580 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30581 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30582 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30583 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30584 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30586 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30589 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30590 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30591 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30593 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30594 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30595 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30596 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30597 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30598 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30599 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30602 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30603 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30604 not (yet) supported.
30605 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30606 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30607 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30611 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30612 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30613 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30614 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30615 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30616 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30617 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30618 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30620 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30621 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30622 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30623 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30624 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30625 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30626 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30627 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30628 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30629 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30630 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30634 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30635 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30636 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30637 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30638 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30639 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30640 current directory for VHDL source files.
30644 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30645 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30649 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30650 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30651 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30652 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30653 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30654 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30655 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30656 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30659 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30660 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30661 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30662 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30663 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30664 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30665 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30667 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30668 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30669 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30670 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30671 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30672 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30674 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30675 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30676 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30677 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30678 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30681 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30682 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30683 highlighted if written in lower case.
30685 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30686 highlighted using a different background color if option
30687 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30689 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30690 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30691 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30692 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30693 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30697 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30698 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30699 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30703 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30704 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30705 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30706 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30707 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30711 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30712 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30714 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30715 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30716 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30717 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30718 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30719 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30720 (used to obtain the port names).
30724 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30725 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30729 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30730 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30731 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30732 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30733 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30734 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30735 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30740 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30741 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30742 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30743 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30744 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30746 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30747 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30748 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30749 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30750 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30753 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30754 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30758 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30759 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30760 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30762 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30766 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30767 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30769 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30771 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30773 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30777 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30783 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30784 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30786 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30788 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30789 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30790 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30791 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30793 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30794 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30795 where the latest version can be found.
30801 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30802 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30803 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30806 The VHDL Mode Authors
30807 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30818 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18264 31476))
30819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30821 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30822 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30823 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30824 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30826 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30827 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30828 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30829 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30830 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30832 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30833 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30835 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30837 * Limitations and unsupported features
30838 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30840 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30841 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30844 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30845 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30846 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30847 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30848 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30849 for undoing a repeated change command.
30850 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30851 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30852 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30855 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30856 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30857 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30858 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30859 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30860 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30861 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30862 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30864 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30870 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30871 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30872 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30873 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18339 17961))
30874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30876 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30877 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30879 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30881 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30882 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30883 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30884 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30888 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30889 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30893 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30894 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30895 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30896 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30898 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30900 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30901 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30905 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30908 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30910 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30913 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30917 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30918 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30919 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30920 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30921 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18340 56374))
30922 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30924 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30925 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30926 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30928 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30930 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30931 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30932 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30933 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30935 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30937 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30938 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30940 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30942 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30943 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30944 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30945 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30946 moving around in the buffer.
30947 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30948 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30950 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30954 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30955 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30956 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30957 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30963 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30969 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30970 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30971 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30972 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30979 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30985 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30986 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30987 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30988 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30989 moving around in the buffer.
30990 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30991 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30993 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30995 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30996 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30997 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30999 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31000 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31001 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31002 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31004 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31006 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31007 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31008 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31009 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31010 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31011 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31012 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31013 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31015 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31017 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31018 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31019 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31021 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31023 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31024 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31025 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31026 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31027 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31028 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31029 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31030 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31032 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31034 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31035 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31036 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31038 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31040 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31041 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31042 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31045 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31046 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31047 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31050 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31051 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31052 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31053 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31054 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31056 H, h, ? This message.
31057 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31058 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31059 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31060 > move to the end of buffer.
31061 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31062 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31063 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31064 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31065 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31066 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31067 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31068 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31069 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31070 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31071 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31072 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31073 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31074 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31075 Use this to view a changing file.
31076 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31077 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31078 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31080 x exchanges point and mark.
31081 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31082 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31083 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31084 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31085 ' go to position saved in character register.
31086 s do forward incremental search.
31087 r do reverse incremental search.
31088 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31089 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31090 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31091 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31092 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31093 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31094 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31095 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31096 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31097 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31098 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31099 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31100 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31101 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31102 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31103 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31104 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31106 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31107 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31108 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31109 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31110 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31111 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31112 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31113 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31114 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31116 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31120 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31121 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31122 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31123 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31124 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31125 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31126 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31127 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31128 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31130 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31132 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31133 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31134 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31135 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31136 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31137 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31138 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31140 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31141 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31142 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31143 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31144 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31146 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31147 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31149 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31150 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31151 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31152 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31154 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31156 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31158 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31160 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31161 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31167 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18310
31169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31171 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31172 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31176 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31177 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31183 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31184 ;;;;;; (18310 12067))
31185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31187 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31188 Toggle Viper on/off.
31189 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31193 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31194 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31200 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31201 ;;;;;; (18310 12065))
31202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31204 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31205 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31206 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31207 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31208 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31209 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31210 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31211 the beginning of the warning.")
31213 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31214 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31215 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31216 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31217 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31218 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31219 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31220 also call that function before the next warning.")
31222 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31223 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31225 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31226 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31227 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31228 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31230 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31231 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31232 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31233 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31234 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31235 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31237 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31238 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31239 Default is :warning.
31241 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31242 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31243 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31244 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31245 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31246 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31248 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31249 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31250 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31252 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31254 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31255 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31257 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31259 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31260 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31261 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31262 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31264 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31265 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31266 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31267 can be whatever you like.)
31269 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31270 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31272 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31273 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31274 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31275 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31276 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31278 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31280 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31281 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31282 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31283 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31284 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31286 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31290 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31291 ;;;;;; (18333 58864))
31292 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31294 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31295 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31296 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31297 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31298 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31307 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18310 12097))
31308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31310 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31311 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31313 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31316 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31323 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31324 ;;;;;; (18310 12115))
31325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31326 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31327 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31329 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31331 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31332 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31333 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31336 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31338 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31340 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31341 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31342 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31343 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31345 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31352 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-buffer whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup
31353 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31354 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18340 56374))
31355 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31357 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31358 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31360 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31361 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31362 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31363 Only useful with a windowing system.
31365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31367 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31368 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31370 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31371 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31373 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31374 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31376 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31379 t toggle TAB visualization
31380 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31381 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31382 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31383 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31384 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31385 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31386 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31387 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31388 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31389 c toggle color faces
31390 m toggle visual mark
31391 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31392 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31393 ? display brief help
31395 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31396 The valid symbols are:
31398 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31399 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31400 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31401 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31402 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31403 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31404 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31405 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31406 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31407 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31408 color toggle color faces
31409 mark toggle visual mark
31410 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31411 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31413 Only useful with a windowing system.
31417 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31418 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31420 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31421 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31423 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31424 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31426 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31429 t toggle TAB visualization
31430 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31431 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31432 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31433 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31434 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31435 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31436 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31437 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31438 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31439 c toggle color faces
31440 m toggle visual mark
31441 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31442 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31443 ? display brief help
31445 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31446 The valid symbols are:
31448 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31449 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31450 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31451 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31452 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31453 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31454 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31455 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31456 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31457 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31458 color toggle color faces
31459 mark toggle visual mark
31460 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31461 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31463 Only useful with a windowing system.
31467 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31468 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31470 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31471 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31472 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31473 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31474 `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31476 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31478 The problems cleaned up are:
31480 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31481 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31482 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `empty', remove all
31483 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31485 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31486 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31487 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31489 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31490 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31491 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31493 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31494 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31495 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31497 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31498 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31499 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31503 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31504 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31506 The problems cleaned up are:
31508 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31509 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31510 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31512 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31513 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31514 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31516 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31517 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31518 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31520 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31521 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31522 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31526 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
31527 Turn on `whitespace-mode' forcing some settings.
31529 It forces `whitespace-style' to have `color'.
31531 It also forces `whitespace-chars' to have:
31539 So, it is possible to visualize the following problems:
31541 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31542 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31543 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31544 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31545 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31546 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31548 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31549 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31550 cleaning up these problems.
31556 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31557 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18310 12051))
31558 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31560 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31561 Browse the widget under point.
31565 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31566 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31568 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31570 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31571 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31573 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31575 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31576 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31577 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31583 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31584 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18340
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31588 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31589 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31591 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31593 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31594 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31595 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31597 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31599 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31600 Create widget of TYPE.
31601 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31603 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31605 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31608 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31610 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31611 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31613 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31615 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31617 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map "
" 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31618 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31619 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31621 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31622 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31628 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31629 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18310
31631 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31633 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31634 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31635 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31636 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31637 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31638 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31639 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31643 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31644 Select the window above the current one.
31645 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31646 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31647 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31648 negative ARG) of the current window.
31649 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31653 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31654 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31655 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31656 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31657 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31658 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31659 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31663 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31664 Select the window below the current one.
31665 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31666 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31667 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31668 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31669 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31673 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31674 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31675 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31676 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31678 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31682 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31683 ;;;;;; (18329 52183))
31684 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31686 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31687 Toggle Winner mode.
31688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31689 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31691 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31693 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31694 Toggle Winner mode.
31695 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31701 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31702 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18314 40529))
31703 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31705 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31706 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31707 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31708 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31709 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31710 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31711 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31712 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31714 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31715 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31717 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31719 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31720 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31724 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31725 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31726 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31727 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31728 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31729 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31730 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31731 `woman' command for further details.
31733 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31737 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31738 ;;;;;; (18310 12067))
31739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31741 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31742 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31745 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31746 are not implemented
31747 - Options for search and replace
31748 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31749 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31751 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31754 The key bindings are:
31764 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31766 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31767 C-l ws-repeat-search
31770 C-r scroll-down-line
31777 C-y kill-complete-line
31780 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31781 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31782 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31783 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31784 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31785 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31786 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31787 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31788 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31789 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31790 C-k b ws-begin-block
31791 C-k c ws-copy-block
31792 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31794 C-k h ws-show-markers
31795 C-k i ws-indent-block
31797 C-k p ws-print-block
31800 C-k s save-some-buffers
31802 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31803 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31804 C-k v ws-move-block
31805 C-k w ws-write-block
31807 C-k y ws-delete-block
31809 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31810 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31811 C-o j justify-current-line
31814 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31815 C-o r set-fill-column
31816 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31817 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31818 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31819 C-o wo other-window
31820 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31822 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31823 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31824 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31825 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31826 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31827 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31828 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31829 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31830 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31831 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31832 C-q a ws-query-replace
31833 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31834 C-q c end-of-buffer
31837 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31839 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31840 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31841 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31842 C-q w ws-last-error
31844 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31850 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31851 ;;;;;; (18339 17949))
31852 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31854 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31855 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31856 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31857 Returns the top node with all its children.
31858 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31859 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31861 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31863 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31864 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31865 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31866 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31867 is not well-formed XML.
31868 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31869 and returned as the first element of the list.
31870 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31872 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31876 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31877 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18310 12101))
31878 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31880 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31881 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31882 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31883 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31884 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31885 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31886 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31887 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31888 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31889 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31891 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31895 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18310
31897 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31899 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31900 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31901 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31902 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31903 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31904 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31906 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31908 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31909 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31910 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31913 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31914 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31915 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31916 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31917 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31918 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31924 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31925 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18310 12083))
31926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31928 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31929 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31933 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31934 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31940 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31941 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18310 12106))
31942 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31944 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31945 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31947 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31949 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31950 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31952 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31954 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31955 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31956 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31958 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31960 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31961 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31967 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18310 12106))
31968 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31970 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31971 Zone out, completely.
31977 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "add-log.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "align.el" "allout.el" "ansi-color.el" "apropos.el" "arc-mode.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "array.el" "autoarg.el" "autoinsert.el" "autorevert.el" "avoid.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "battery.el" "bindings.el" "bookmark.el" "bs.el" "buff-menu.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "calculator.el" "calendar/appt.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-dst.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" "calendar/diary-lib.el" "calendar/holidays.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" "calendar/lunar.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "calendar/solar.el" "calendar/time-date.el" "calendar/timeclock.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "calendar/todo-mode.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "chistory.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cmuscheme.el" "comint.el" "compare-w.el" "complete.el" "completion.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "composite.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-edit.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "cus-theme.el" "custom.el" "cvs-status.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "dabbrev.el" "delim-col.el" "delsel.el" "descr-text.el" "desktop.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "diff-mode.el" "diff.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "dired.el" "dirtrack.el" "disp-table.el" "dnd.el" "doc-view.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "double.el" "ebuff-menu.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-help.el" "ediff-hook.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-mult.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "ediff-util.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "edmacro.el" "ehelp.el" "electric.el" "elide-head.el" "emacs-lisp/advice.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/crm.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/debug.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/derived.el" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/elint.el" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generic.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/helper.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ring.el" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" "emacs-lisp/trace.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" "emacs-lock.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "emulation/crisp.el" "emulation/cua-base.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "emulation/keypad.el" "emulation/pc-mode.el" "emulation/pc-select.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-edt.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "emulation/vi.el" "emulation/vip.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper.el" "emulation/ws-mode.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-autoaway.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-capab.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-compat.el" "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-fill.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-join.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-list.el" "erc/erc-log.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-match.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" "erc/erc-notify.el" "erc/erc-page.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" "erc/erc-replace.el" "erc/erc-ring.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" "erc/erc-sound.el" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" "erc/erc-stamp.el" "erc/erc-track.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" "erc/erc.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-mode.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-test.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/eshell.el" "expand.el" "ezimage.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "ffap.el" "filecache.el" "files.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "filesets.el" "find-dired.el" "find-file.el" "find-lisp.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "finder.el" "flow-ctrl.el" "foldout.el" "follow.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el" "format.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/canlock.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/deuglify.el" "gnus/earcon.el" "gnus/ecomplete.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/gmm-utils.el" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-fun.el" "gnus/gnus-group.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-kill.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ml.el" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-msg.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-soup.el" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-win.el" "gnus/gnus.el" "gnus/html2text.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-partial.el" "gnus/mm-url.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml1991.el" "gnus/mml2015.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndiary.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndoc.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnml.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnsoup.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/score-mode.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" "gnus/sieve.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "gnus/smiley.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/spam.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/yenc.el" "gs.el" "help-at-pt.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" "help-macro.el" "help-mode.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" "hi-lock.el" "hilit-chg.el" "hippie-exp.el" "hl-line.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuf-macs.el" "ibuffer.el" "icomplete.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "ido.el" "ielm.el" "iimage.el" "image-dired.el" "image-file.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "image-mode.el" "image.el" "imenu.el" "indent.el" "info-look.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" "info.el" "informat.el" "international/ccl.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "international/codepage.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/encoded-kb.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/isearch-x.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-cvt.el" "international/iso-transl.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "international/kinsoku.el" "international/kkc.el" "international/latexenc.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "international/latin1-disp.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule-diag.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "international/mule-util.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" "international/robin.el" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "international/utf-7.el" "isearch-multi.el" "isearch.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "isearchb.el" "iswitchb.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" "kermit.el" "kmacro.el" "language/burmese.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/china-util.el" "language/chinese.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "language/cyril-util.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "language/ethio-util.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "language/ind-util.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japan-util.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/khmer.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" "language/korea-util.el" "language/korean.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "language/lao-util.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/mlm-util.el" "language/romanian.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "language/thai-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/tml-util.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "language/tv-util.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/viet-util.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "ledit.el" "linum.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "loadhist.el" "loadup.el" "locate.el" "log-edit.el" "log-view.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "longlines.el" "lpr.el" "ls-lisp.el" "macros.el" "mail/binhex.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/emacsbug.el" "mail/feedmail.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "mail/footnote.el" "mail/hashcash.el" "mail/mail-extr.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-hist.el" "mail/mail-utils.el" "mail/mailabbrev.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "mail/mailalias.el" "mail/mailclient.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/metamail.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/reporter.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmail.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailout.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/sendmail.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" "mail/supercite.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/undigest.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "mail/unrmail.el" "mail/uudecode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "makesum.el" "man.el" "master.el" "mb-depth.el" "md4.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-e.el" "mh-e/mh-folder.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "midnight.el" "minibuf-eldef.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-sel.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "msb.el" "mwheel.el" "net/ange-ftp.el" "net/browse-url.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "net/dbus.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-bob.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-export.el" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "net/eudc.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/goto-addr.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/net-utils.el" "net/netrc.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/quickurl.el" "net/rcirc.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "net/rcompile.el" "net/rlogin.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/snmp-mode.el" "net/socks.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "net/telnet.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/webjump.el" "newcomment.el" "novice.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-mode.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-valid.el" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" "nxml/xmltok.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/iso-acc.el" "obsolete/lazy-lock.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "outline.el" "paren.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcmpl-cvs.el" "pcmpl-gnu.el" "pcmpl-linux.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-rpm.el" "pcmpl-unix.el" "pcomplete.el" "pcvs-defs.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs.el" "pgg-def.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "pgg-gpg.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "pgg.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" "play/animate.el" "play/blackbox.el" "play/bruce.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "play/bubbles.el" "play/cookie1.el" "play/decipher.el" "play/dissociate.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "play/doctor.el" "play/dunnet.el" "play/fortune.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gomoku.el" "play/handwrite.el" "play/landmark.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "play/life.el" "play/meese.el" "play/meese.el" "play/morse.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "play/mpuz.el" "play/pong.el" "play/snake.el" "play/solitaire.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "play/spook.el" "play/tetris.el" "play/yow.el" "play/zone.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "printing.el" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "progmodes/asm-mode.el" "progmodes/autoconf.el" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" "progmodes/cc-styles.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-subword.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cmacexp.el" "progmodes/compile.el" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cpp.el" "progmodes/cwarn.el" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "progmodes/delphi.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" "progmodes/etags.el" "progmodes/executable.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "progmodes/f90.el" "progmodes/flymake.el" "progmodes/fortran.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" "progmodes/glasses.el" "progmodes/grep.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/gud.el" "progmodes/hideif.el" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "progmodes/icon.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlwave.el" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "progmodes/m4-mode.el" "progmodes/make-mode.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "progmodes/meta-mode.el" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "progmodes/octave-inf.el" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" "progmodes/pascal.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "progmodes/perl-mode.el" "progmodes/prolog.el" "progmodes/ps-mode.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "progmodes/python.el" "progmodes/scheme.el" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "progmodes/simula.el" "progmodes/sql.el" "progmodes/tcl.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "progmodes/vera-mode.el" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-bdf.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print.el" "ps-samp.el" "recentf.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "rect.el" "register.el" "repeat.el" "replace.el" "reposition.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "resume.el" "reveal.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "rot13.el" "ruler-mode.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "savehist.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" "scroll-bar.el" "scroll-lock.el" "select.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "server.el" "ses.el" "sha1.el" "shadowfile.el" "shell.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "skeleton.el" "smerge-mode.el" "sort.el" "soundex.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" "startup.el" "strokes.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "t-mouse.el" "tabify.el" "talk.el" "tar-mode.el" "tempo.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "term.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/w32console.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "terminal.el" "textmodes/artist.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bibtex-style.el" "textmodes/bibtex.el" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "textmodes/css-mode.el" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" "textmodes/enriched.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/flyspell.el" "textmodes/ispell.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org-mouse.el" "textmodes/org-publish.el" "textmodes/org.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/picture.el" "textmodes/po.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refill.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex.el" "textmodes/remember.el" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "textmodes/spell.el" "textmodes/table.el" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texinfmt.el" "textmodes/texinfo.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/tildify.el" "textmodes/two-column.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" "thingatpt.el" "thumbs.el" "time-stamp.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "time.el" "timezone.el" "tmm.el" "tool-bar.el" "tooltip.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "tree-widget.el" "tutorial.el" "type-break.el" "uniquify.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-auth.el" "url/url-cache.el" "url/url-cid.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dav.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "url/url-file.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-gw.el" "url/url-handlers.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-http.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "url/url-irc.el" "url/url-ldap.el" "url/url-mailto.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "url/url-misc.el" "url/url-news.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-ns.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" "url/url-privacy.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "url/url-util.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/url.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "userlock.el" "vc-arch.el" "vc-bzr.el" "vc-cvs.el" "vc-git.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "vc-hg.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vc-mcvs.el" "vc-mtn.el" "vc-rcs.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "vc-sccs.el" "vc-svn.el" "vc.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "view.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "wdired.el" "whitespace.el" "wid-browse.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "wid-edit.el" "widget.el" "windmove.el" "window.el" "winner.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "woman.el" "x-dnd.el" "xml.el" "xt-mouse.el") (18350 10658
32293 ;; Local Variables:
32294 ;; version-control: never
32295 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32296 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32298 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here